1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2019 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 14 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 15 #include <linux/list.h> 16 #include <linux/bug.h> 17 #include <linux/netlink.h> 18 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 19 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 20 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 21 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 22 #include <linux/net.h> 23 #include <net/regulatory.h> 24 25 /** 26 * DOC: Introduction 27 * 28 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 29 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 30 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 31 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 32 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 33 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 34 * 35 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 36 * use restrictions. 37 */ 38 39 40 /** 41 * DOC: Device registration 42 * 43 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 44 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 45 * described below. 46 * 47 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 48 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 49 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 50 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 51 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 52 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 53 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 54 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 55 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 56 * 57 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 58 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 59 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 60 */ 61 62 struct wiphy; 63 64 /* 65 * wireless hardware capability structures 66 */ 67 68 /** 69 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 70 * 71 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 72 * 73 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 74 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 75 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 78 * is not permitted. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 80 * is not permitted. 81 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 83 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 84 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 85 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 86 * restrictions. 87 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 88 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 89 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 90 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 91 * restrictions. 92 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 93 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 94 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 95 * on this channel. 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 97 * on this channel. 98 * 99 */ 100 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 101 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 102 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 103 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 104 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 105 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 106 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 107 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 108 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 109 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 110 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 111 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 112 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 113 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 114 }; 115 116 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 117 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 118 119 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 120 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 121 122 /** 123 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 124 * 125 * This structure describes a single channel for use 126 * with cfg80211. 127 * 128 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 129 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 130 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 131 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 132 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 133 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 134 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 135 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 136 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 137 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 138 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 139 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 140 * @orig_mag: internal use 141 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 142 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 143 * on this channel. 144 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 145 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 146 */ 147 struct ieee80211_channel { 148 enum nl80211_band band; 149 u32 center_freq; 150 u16 hw_value; 151 u32 flags; 152 int max_antenna_gain; 153 int max_power; 154 int max_reg_power; 155 bool beacon_found; 156 u32 orig_flags; 157 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 158 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 159 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 160 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 161 }; 162 163 /** 164 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 165 * 166 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 167 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 168 * different bands/PHY modes. 169 * 170 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 171 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 172 * with CCK rates. 173 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 174 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 175 * core code when registering the wiphy. 176 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 177 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 178 * core code when registering the wiphy. 179 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 180 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 181 * core code when registering the wiphy. 182 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 183 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 184 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 185 */ 186 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 187 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 188 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 189 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 190 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 191 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 192 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 193 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 194 }; 195 196 /** 197 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 198 * 199 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 200 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 201 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 202 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 203 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 204 */ 205 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 206 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 207 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 208 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 209 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 210 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 211 }; 212 213 /** 214 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 215 * 216 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 217 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 218 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 219 */ 220 enum ieee80211_privacy { 221 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 222 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 223 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 224 }; 225 226 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 227 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 228 229 /** 230 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 231 * 232 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 233 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 234 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 235 * passed around. 236 * 237 * @flags: rate-specific flags 238 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 239 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 240 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 241 * short preamble is used 242 */ 243 struct ieee80211_rate { 244 u32 flags; 245 u16 bitrate; 246 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 247 }; 248 249 /** 250 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 251 * 252 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 253 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 254 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 255 */ 256 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 257 bool enable; 258 u8 min_offset; 259 u8 max_offset; 260 }; 261 262 /** 263 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 264 * 265 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 266 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 267 * 268 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 269 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 270 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 271 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 272 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 273 */ 274 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 275 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 276 bool ht_supported; 277 u8 ampdu_factor; 278 u8 ampdu_density; 279 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 280 }; 281 282 /** 283 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 284 * 285 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 286 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 287 * 288 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 289 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 290 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 291 */ 292 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 293 bool vht_supported; 294 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 295 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 296 }; 297 298 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 299 300 /** 301 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 302 * 303 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 304 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 305 * 306 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 307 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 308 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 309 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 310 */ 311 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 312 bool has_he; 313 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 314 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 315 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 316 }; 317 318 /** 319 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data 320 * 321 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 322 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 323 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 324 * 325 * @types_mask: interface types mask 326 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 327 */ 328 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 329 u16 types_mask; 330 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 331 }; 332 333 /** 334 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 335 * 336 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 337 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 338 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 339 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 340 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 341 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 342 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 343 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 344 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 345 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 346 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 347 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 348 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 349 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 350 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 351 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 352 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 353 */ 354 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 355 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 356 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 357 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 358 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 359 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 360 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 361 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 362 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 363 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 364 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 365 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 366 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 367 }; 368 369 /** 370 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 371 * 372 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 373 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 374 * 375 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 376 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 377 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 378 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 379 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 380 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 381 */ 382 struct ieee80211_edmg { 383 u8 channels; 384 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 385 }; 386 387 /** 388 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 389 * 390 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 391 * is able to operate in. 392 * 393 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate in 394 * in this band. 395 * @band: the band this structure represents 396 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 397 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 398 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 399 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 400 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 401 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 402 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 403 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 404 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 405 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 406 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 407 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 408 * iftype_data). 409 */ 410 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 411 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 412 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 413 enum nl80211_band band; 414 int n_channels; 415 int n_bitrates; 416 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 417 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 418 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 419 u16 n_iftype_data; 420 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 421 }; 422 423 /** 424 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 425 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 426 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 427 * 428 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 429 */ 430 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 431 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 432 u8 iftype) 433 { 434 int i; 435 436 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 437 return NULL; 438 439 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 440 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 441 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 442 443 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 444 return data; 445 } 446 447 return NULL; 448 } 449 450 /** 451 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 452 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 453 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 454 * 455 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 456 */ 457 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 458 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 459 u8 iftype) 460 { 461 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 462 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 463 464 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 465 return &data->he_cap; 466 467 return NULL; 468 } 469 470 /** 471 * ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's STA 472 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 473 * 474 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 475 */ 476 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 477 ieee80211_get_he_sta_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband) 478 { 479 return ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(sband, NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION); 480 } 481 482 /** 483 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 484 * 485 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 486 * 487 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 488 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 489 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 490 * 491 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 492 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 493 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 494 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 495 * without affecting other devices. 496 * 497 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 498 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 499 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 500 */ 501 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 502 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 503 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 504 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 505 { 506 } 507 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 508 509 510 /* 511 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 512 */ 513 514 /** 515 * DOC: Actions and configuration 516 * 517 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 518 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 519 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 520 * operations use are described separately. 521 * 522 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 523 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 524 * 525 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 526 * in a separate chapter. 527 */ 528 529 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 530 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 531 532 /** 533 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 534 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 535 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 536 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 537 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 538 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 539 * determine the address as needed. 540 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 541 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 542 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 543 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 544 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 545 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 546 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 547 */ 548 struct vif_params { 549 u32 flags; 550 int use_4addr; 551 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 552 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 553 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 554 }; 555 556 /** 557 * struct key_params - key information 558 * 559 * Information about a key 560 * 561 * @key: key material 562 * @key_len: length of key material 563 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 564 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 565 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 566 * length given by @seq_len. 567 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 568 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 569 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 570 */ 571 struct key_params { 572 const u8 *key; 573 const u8 *seq; 574 int key_len; 575 int seq_len; 576 u16 vlan_id; 577 u32 cipher; 578 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 579 }; 580 581 /** 582 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 583 * @chan: the (control) channel 584 * @width: channel width 585 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 586 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 587 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 588 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 589 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 590 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 591 * parameters are ignored. 592 */ 593 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 594 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 595 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 596 u32 center_freq1; 597 u32 center_freq2; 598 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 599 }; 600 601 /** 602 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 603 * @chandef: the channel definition 604 * 605 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 606 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 607 */ 608 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 609 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 610 { 611 switch (chandef->width) { 612 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 613 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 614 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 615 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 616 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 617 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 618 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 619 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 620 default: 621 WARN_ON(1); 622 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 623 } 624 } 625 626 /** 627 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 628 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 629 * @channel: the control channel 630 * @chantype: the channel type 631 * 632 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 633 */ 634 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 635 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 636 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 637 638 /** 639 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 640 * @chandef1: first channel definition 641 * @chandef2: second channel definition 642 * 643 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 644 * identical, %false otherwise. 645 */ 646 static inline bool 647 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 648 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 649 { 650 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 651 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 652 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 653 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 654 } 655 656 /** 657 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 658 * 659 * @chandef: the channel definition 660 * 661 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 662 */ 663 static inline bool 664 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 665 { 666 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 667 } 668 669 /** 670 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 671 * @chandef1: first channel definition 672 * @chandef2: second channel definition 673 * 674 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 675 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 676 */ 677 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 678 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 679 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 680 681 /** 682 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 683 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 684 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 685 */ 686 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 687 688 /** 689 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 690 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 691 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 692 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 693 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 694 */ 695 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 696 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 697 u32 prohibited_flags); 698 699 /** 700 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 701 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 702 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 703 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 704 * Returns: 705 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 706 */ 707 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 708 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 709 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 710 711 /** 712 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 713 * 714 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 715 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 716 * 717 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 718 * 719 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 720 */ 721 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 722 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 723 { 724 switch (chandef->width) { 725 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 726 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 727 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 728 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 729 default: 730 break; 731 } 732 return 0; 733 } 734 735 /** 736 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 737 * 738 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 739 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 740 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 741 * 742 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 743 * 744 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 745 */ 746 static inline int 747 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 748 { 749 switch (chandef->width) { 750 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 751 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 752 chandef->chan->max_power); 753 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 754 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 755 chandef->chan->max_power); 756 default: 757 break; 758 } 759 return chandef->chan->max_power; 760 } 761 762 /** 763 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 764 * 765 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 766 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 767 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 768 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 769 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 770 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 771 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 772 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 773 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 774 * 775 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 776 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 777 */ 778 enum survey_info_flags { 779 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 780 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 781 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 782 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 783 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 784 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 785 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 786 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 787 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 788 }; 789 790 /** 791 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 792 * 793 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 794 * record to report global statistics 795 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 796 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 797 * optional 798 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 799 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 800 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 801 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 802 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 803 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 804 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 805 * 806 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 807 * 808 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 809 * channel duty cycle etc. 810 */ 811 struct survey_info { 812 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 813 u64 time; 814 u64 time_busy; 815 u64 time_ext_busy; 816 u64 time_rx; 817 u64 time_tx; 818 u64 time_scan; 819 u64 time_bss_rx; 820 u32 filled; 821 s8 noise; 822 }; 823 824 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 825 826 /** 827 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 828 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 829 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 830 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 831 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 832 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 833 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 834 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 835 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 836 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 837 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 838 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 839 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 840 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 841 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 842 * protocol frames. 843 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 844 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 845 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 846 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 847 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 848 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 849 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 850 * offload) 851 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 852 */ 853 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 854 u32 wpa_versions; 855 u32 cipher_group; 856 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 857 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 858 int n_akm_suites; 859 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 860 bool control_port; 861 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 862 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 863 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 864 struct key_params *wep_keys; 865 int wep_tx_key; 866 const u8 *psk; 867 const u8 *sae_pwd; 868 u8 sae_pwd_len; 869 }; 870 871 /** 872 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 873 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 874 * or %NULL if not changed 875 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 876 * or %NULL if not changed 877 * @head_len: length of @head 878 * @tail_len: length of @tail 879 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 880 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 881 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 882 * frames or %NULL 883 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 884 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 885 * Response frames or %NULL 886 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 887 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 888 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 889 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 890 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 891 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 892 * (measurement type 8) 893 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 894 * Token (measurement type 11) 895 * @lci_len: LCI data length 896 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 897 */ 898 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 899 const u8 *head, *tail; 900 const u8 *beacon_ies; 901 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 902 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 903 const u8 *probe_resp; 904 const u8 *lci; 905 const u8 *civicloc; 906 s8 ftm_responder; 907 908 size_t head_len, tail_len; 909 size_t beacon_ies_len; 910 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 911 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 912 size_t probe_resp_len; 913 size_t lci_len; 914 size_t civicloc_len; 915 }; 916 917 struct mac_address { 918 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 919 }; 920 921 /** 922 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 923 * 924 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 925 * entry specified by mac_addr 926 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 927 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 928 */ 929 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 930 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 931 int n_acl_entries; 932 933 /* Keep it last */ 934 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 935 }; 936 937 /* 938 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 939 */ 940 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 941 struct { 942 u32 legacy; 943 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 944 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 945 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 946 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 947 }; 948 949 /** 950 * enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags 951 * 952 * Used by cfg80211_ap_settings 953 * 954 * @AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external authentication 955 */ 956 enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags { 957 AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(0), 958 }; 959 960 /** 961 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 962 * 963 * Used to configure an AP interface. 964 * 965 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 966 * @beacon: beacon data 967 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 968 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 969 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 970 * user space) 971 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 972 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 973 * @crypto: crypto settings 974 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 975 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 976 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 977 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 978 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 979 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 980 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 981 * MAC address based access control 982 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 983 * networks. 984 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 985 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 986 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 987 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 988 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 989 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 990 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 991 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 992 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 993 */ 994 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 995 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 996 997 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 998 999 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1000 const u8 *ssid; 1001 size_t ssid_len; 1002 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1003 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1004 bool privacy; 1005 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1006 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1007 int inactivity_timeout; 1008 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1009 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1010 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1011 bool pbss; 1012 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1013 1014 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1015 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1016 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1017 bool ht_required, vht_required; 1018 bool twt_responder; 1019 u32 flags; 1020 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1021 }; 1022 1023 /** 1024 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1025 * 1026 * Used for channel switch 1027 * 1028 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1029 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1030 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1031 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1032 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1033 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1034 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1035 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1036 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1037 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1038 */ 1039 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1040 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1041 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1042 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1043 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1044 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1045 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1046 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1047 bool radar_required; 1048 bool block_tx; 1049 u8 count; 1050 }; 1051 1052 #define CFG80211_MAX_NUM_DIFFERENT_CHANNELS 10 1053 1054 /** 1055 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1056 * 1057 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1058 * 1059 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1060 * to use for verification 1061 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1062 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1063 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1064 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1065 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1066 * nl80211_iftype. 1067 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1068 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1069 * the verification 1070 */ 1071 struct iface_combination_params { 1072 int num_different_channels; 1073 u8 radar_detect; 1074 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1075 u32 new_beacon_int; 1076 }; 1077 1078 /** 1079 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1080 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1081 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1082 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1083 * 1084 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1085 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1086 */ 1087 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1088 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1089 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1090 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1091 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1092 }; 1093 1094 /** 1095 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1096 * 1097 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1098 * 1099 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1100 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1101 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1102 * power per-interface or per-station. 1103 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1104 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1105 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1106 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1107 * per peer TPC. 1108 */ 1109 struct sta_txpwr { 1110 s16 power; 1111 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1112 }; 1113 1114 /** 1115 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1116 * 1117 * Used to change and create a new station. 1118 * 1119 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1120 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1121 * (or NULL for no change) 1122 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1123 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1124 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1125 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1126 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1127 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1128 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1129 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1130 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1131 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1132 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1133 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1134 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1135 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1136 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1137 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1138 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1139 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1140 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1141 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1142 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1143 * to unknown) 1144 * @capability: station capability 1145 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1146 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1147 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1148 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1149 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1150 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1151 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1152 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1153 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1154 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1155 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1156 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1157 */ 1158 struct station_parameters { 1159 const u8 *supported_rates; 1160 struct net_device *vlan; 1161 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1162 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1163 int listen_interval; 1164 u16 aid; 1165 u16 vlan_id; 1166 u16 peer_aid; 1167 u8 supported_rates_len; 1168 u8 plink_action; 1169 u8 plink_state; 1170 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1171 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1172 u8 uapsd_queues; 1173 u8 max_sp; 1174 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1175 u16 capability; 1176 const u8 *ext_capab; 1177 u8 ext_capab_len; 1178 const u8 *supported_channels; 1179 u8 supported_channels_len; 1180 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1181 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1182 u8 opmode_notif; 1183 bool opmode_notif_used; 1184 int support_p2p_ps; 1185 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1186 u8 he_capa_len; 1187 u16 airtime_weight; 1188 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1189 }; 1190 1191 /** 1192 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1193 * 1194 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1195 * 1196 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1197 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1198 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1199 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1200 */ 1201 struct station_del_parameters { 1202 const u8 *mac; 1203 u8 subtype; 1204 u16 reason_code; 1205 }; 1206 1207 /** 1208 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1209 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1210 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1211 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1212 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1213 * the AP MLME in the device 1214 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1215 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1216 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1217 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1218 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1219 * supported/used) 1220 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1221 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1222 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1223 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1224 */ 1225 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1226 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1227 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1228 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1229 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1230 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1231 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1232 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1233 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1234 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1235 }; 1236 1237 /** 1238 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1239 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1240 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1241 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1242 * 1243 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1244 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1245 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1246 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1247 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1248 */ 1249 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1250 struct station_parameters *params, 1251 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1252 1253 /** 1254 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1255 * 1256 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1257 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1258 * 1259 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1260 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1261 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1262 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1263 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1264 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1265 */ 1266 enum rate_info_flags { 1267 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1268 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1269 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1270 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1271 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1272 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1273 }; 1274 1275 /** 1276 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1277 * 1278 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1279 * 1280 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1281 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1282 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1283 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1284 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1285 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1286 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1287 */ 1288 enum rate_info_bw { 1289 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1290 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1291 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1292 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1293 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1294 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1295 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1296 }; 1297 1298 /** 1299 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1300 * 1301 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1302 * 1303 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1304 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1305 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1306 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1307 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1308 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1309 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1310 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1311 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1312 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1313 */ 1314 struct rate_info { 1315 u8 flags; 1316 u8 mcs; 1317 u16 legacy; 1318 u8 nss; 1319 u8 bw; 1320 u8 he_gi; 1321 u8 he_dcm; 1322 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1323 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1324 }; 1325 1326 /** 1327 * enum station_info_rate_flags - bitrate info flags 1328 * 1329 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1330 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1331 * 1332 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1333 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1334 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1335 */ 1336 enum bss_param_flags { 1337 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1338 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1339 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1340 }; 1341 1342 /** 1343 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1344 * 1345 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1346 * 1347 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1348 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1349 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1350 */ 1351 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1352 u8 flags; 1353 u8 dtim_period; 1354 u16 beacon_interval; 1355 }; 1356 1357 /** 1358 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1359 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1360 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1361 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1362 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1363 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1364 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1365 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1366 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1367 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1368 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1369 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1370 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1371 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1372 */ 1373 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1374 u32 filled; 1375 u32 backlog_bytes; 1376 u32 backlog_packets; 1377 u32 flows; 1378 u32 drops; 1379 u32 ecn_marks; 1380 u32 overlimit; 1381 u32 overmemory; 1382 u32 collisions; 1383 u32 tx_bytes; 1384 u32 tx_packets; 1385 u32 max_flows; 1386 }; 1387 1388 /** 1389 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1390 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1391 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1392 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1393 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1394 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1395 * transmitted MSDUs 1396 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1397 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1398 */ 1399 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1400 u32 filled; 1401 u64 rx_msdu; 1402 u64 tx_msdu; 1403 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1404 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1405 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1406 }; 1407 1408 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1409 1410 /** 1411 * struct station_info - station information 1412 * 1413 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1414 * 1415 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1416 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1417 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1418 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1419 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1420 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1421 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1422 * @llid: mesh local link id 1423 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1424 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1425 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1426 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1427 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1428 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1429 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1430 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1431 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1432 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1433 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1434 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1435 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1436 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1437 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1438 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1439 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1440 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1441 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1442 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1443 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1444 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1445 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1446 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1447 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1448 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1449 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1450 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1451 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1452 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1453 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1454 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1455 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1456 * towards this station. 1457 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1458 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1459 * from this peer 1460 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1461 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1462 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1463 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1464 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1465 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1466 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1467 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1468 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1469 * been sent. 1470 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1471 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1472 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1473 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1474 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1475 */ 1476 struct station_info { 1477 u64 filled; 1478 u32 connected_time; 1479 u32 inactive_time; 1480 u64 assoc_at; 1481 u64 rx_bytes; 1482 u64 tx_bytes; 1483 u16 llid; 1484 u16 plid; 1485 u8 plink_state; 1486 s8 signal; 1487 s8 signal_avg; 1488 1489 u8 chains; 1490 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1491 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1492 1493 struct rate_info txrate; 1494 struct rate_info rxrate; 1495 u32 rx_packets; 1496 u32 tx_packets; 1497 u32 tx_retries; 1498 u32 tx_failed; 1499 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1500 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1501 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1502 1503 int generation; 1504 1505 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1506 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1507 1508 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1509 s64 t_offset; 1510 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1511 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1512 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1513 1514 u32 expected_throughput; 1515 1516 u64 tx_duration; 1517 u64 rx_duration; 1518 u64 rx_beacon; 1519 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1520 u8 connected_to_gate; 1521 1522 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1523 s8 ack_signal; 1524 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1525 1526 u16 airtime_weight; 1527 1528 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1529 u32 fcs_err_count; 1530 1531 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1532 }; 1533 1534 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1535 /** 1536 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1537 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1538 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1539 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1540 * 1541 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1542 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1543 * considered undefined. 1544 */ 1545 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1546 struct station_info *sinfo); 1547 #else 1548 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1549 const u8 *mac_addr, 1550 struct station_info *sinfo) 1551 { 1552 return -ENOENT; 1553 } 1554 #endif 1555 1556 /** 1557 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1558 * 1559 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1560 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1561 * 1562 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1563 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1564 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1565 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1566 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1567 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1568 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1569 */ 1570 enum monitor_flags { 1571 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1572 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1573 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1574 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1575 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1576 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1577 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1578 }; 1579 1580 /** 1581 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1582 * 1583 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1584 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1585 * 1586 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1587 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1588 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1589 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1590 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1591 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1592 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1593 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1594 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1595 */ 1596 enum mpath_info_flags { 1597 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1598 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1599 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1600 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1601 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1602 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1603 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1604 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1605 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1606 }; 1607 1608 /** 1609 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1610 * 1611 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1612 * 1613 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1614 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 1615 * @sn: target sequence number 1616 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 1617 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 1618 * @flags: mesh path flags 1619 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 1620 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 1621 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1622 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 1623 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1624 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1625 * @hop_count: hops to destination 1626 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 1627 */ 1628 struct mpath_info { 1629 u32 filled; 1630 u32 frame_qlen; 1631 u32 sn; 1632 u32 metric; 1633 u32 exptime; 1634 u32 discovery_timeout; 1635 u8 discovery_retries; 1636 u8 flags; 1637 u8 hop_count; 1638 u32 path_change_count; 1639 1640 int generation; 1641 }; 1642 1643 /** 1644 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 1645 * 1646 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 1647 * 1648 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 1649 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1650 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 1651 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1652 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 1653 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 1654 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1655 * (or NULL for no change) 1656 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 1657 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 1658 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 1659 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 1660 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 1661 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 1662 */ 1663 struct bss_parameters { 1664 int use_cts_prot; 1665 int use_short_preamble; 1666 int use_short_slot_time; 1667 const u8 *basic_rates; 1668 u8 basic_rates_len; 1669 int ap_isolate; 1670 int ht_opmode; 1671 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 1672 }; 1673 1674 /** 1675 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 1676 * 1677 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 1678 * 1679 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 1680 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 1681 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 1682 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 1683 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 1684 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 1685 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 1686 * mesh interface 1687 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 1688 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 1689 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 1690 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 1691 * elements 1692 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 1693 * detect compatible mesh peers 1694 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 1695 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 1696 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 1697 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 1698 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 1699 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 1700 * a path discovery in milliseconds 1701 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1702 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 1703 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 1704 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1705 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 1706 * element 1707 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 1708 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 1709 * element 1710 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 1711 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 1712 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 1713 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 1714 * announcements are transmitted 1715 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 1716 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 1717 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 1718 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 1719 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 1720 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 1721 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 1722 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 1723 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 1724 * station to establish a peer link 1725 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 1726 * 1727 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 1728 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 1729 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 1730 * 1731 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 1732 * PREQs are transmitted. 1733 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 1734 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 1735 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 1736 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 1737 * setting for new peer links. 1738 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 1739 * after transmitting its beacon. 1740 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 1741 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 1742 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 1743 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 1744 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 1745 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 1746 * in the mesh path table 1747 */ 1748 struct mesh_config { 1749 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 1750 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 1751 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 1752 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 1753 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 1754 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 1755 u8 element_ttl; 1756 bool auto_open_plinks; 1757 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 1758 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 1759 u32 path_refresh_time; 1760 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 1761 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 1762 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 1763 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 1764 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 1765 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 1766 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 1767 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 1768 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 1769 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 1770 s32 rssi_threshold; 1771 u16 ht_opmode; 1772 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 1773 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 1774 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 1775 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 1776 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 1777 u32 plink_timeout; 1778 }; 1779 1780 /** 1781 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 1782 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1783 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 1784 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 1785 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 1786 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 1787 * @path_metric: which metric to use 1788 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 1789 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 1790 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 1791 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 1792 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 1793 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 1794 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 1795 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 1796 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 1797 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 1798 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1799 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 1800 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 1801 * to operate on DFS channels. 1802 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1803 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1804 * 1805 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 1806 */ 1807 struct mesh_setup { 1808 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1809 const u8 *mesh_id; 1810 u8 mesh_id_len; 1811 u8 sync_method; 1812 u8 path_sel_proto; 1813 u8 path_metric; 1814 u8 auth_id; 1815 const u8 *ie; 1816 u8 ie_len; 1817 bool is_authenticated; 1818 bool is_secure; 1819 bool user_mpm; 1820 u8 dtim_period; 1821 u16 beacon_interval; 1822 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1823 u32 basic_rates; 1824 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1825 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 1826 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1827 }; 1828 1829 /** 1830 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 1831 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1832 * 1833 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 1834 */ 1835 struct ocb_setup { 1836 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1837 }; 1838 1839 /** 1840 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 1841 * @ac: AC identifier 1842 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 1843 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1844 * 1..32767] 1845 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 1846 * 1..32767] 1847 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 1848 */ 1849 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 1850 enum nl80211_ac ac; 1851 u16 txop; 1852 u16 cwmin; 1853 u16 cwmax; 1854 u8 aifs; 1855 }; 1856 1857 /** 1858 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 1859 * 1860 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 1861 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 1862 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 1863 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 1864 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 1865 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 1866 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 1867 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 1868 * in the wiphy structure. 1869 * 1870 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 1871 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 1872 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 1873 * 1874 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 1875 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 1876 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 1877 * to userspace. 1878 */ 1879 1880 /** 1881 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 1882 * @ssid: the SSID 1883 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 1884 */ 1885 struct cfg80211_ssid { 1886 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 1887 u8 ssid_len; 1888 }; 1889 1890 /** 1891 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 1892 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 1893 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 1894 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 1895 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 1896 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 1897 * userspace will be notified of that 1898 */ 1899 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 1900 u64 scan_start_tsf; 1901 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1902 bool aborted; 1903 }; 1904 1905 /** 1906 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 1907 * 1908 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 1909 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 1910 * @channels: channels to scan on. 1911 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 1912 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 1913 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 1914 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 1915 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 1916 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 1917 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 1918 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 1919 * %duration field. 1920 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 1921 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 1922 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 1923 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 1924 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 1925 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 1926 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 1927 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 1928 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 1929 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 1930 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 1931 * be taken from the @mac_addr 1932 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 1933 */ 1934 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 1935 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 1936 int n_ssids; 1937 u32 n_channels; 1938 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 1939 const u8 *ie; 1940 size_t ie_len; 1941 u16 duration; 1942 bool duration_mandatory; 1943 u32 flags; 1944 1945 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1946 1947 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 1948 1949 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1950 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1951 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 1952 1953 /* internal */ 1954 struct wiphy *wiphy; 1955 unsigned long scan_start; 1956 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 1957 bool notified; 1958 bool no_cck; 1959 1960 /* keep last */ 1961 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 1962 }; 1963 1964 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 1965 { 1966 int i; 1967 1968 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 1969 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 1970 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 1971 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 1972 } 1973 } 1974 1975 /** 1976 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 1977 * 1978 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 1979 * or no match (RSSI only) 1980 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 1981 * or no match (RSSI only) 1982 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 1983 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 1984 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 1985 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 1986 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 1987 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 1988 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 1989 * corresponding matchset. 1990 */ 1991 struct cfg80211_match_set { 1992 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 1993 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 1994 s32 rssi_thold; 1995 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 1996 }; 1997 1998 /** 1999 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2000 * 2001 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2002 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2003 * infinite loop. 2004 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2005 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2006 */ 2007 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2008 u32 interval; 2009 u32 iterations; 2010 }; 2011 2012 /** 2013 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2014 * 2015 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2016 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2017 */ 2018 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2019 enum nl80211_band band; 2020 s8 delta; 2021 }; 2022 2023 /** 2024 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2025 * 2026 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2027 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2028 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2029 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2030 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2031 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2032 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2033 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2034 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2035 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2036 * (others are filtered out). 2037 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2038 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2039 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2040 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2041 * @dev: the interface 2042 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2043 * @channels: channels to scan 2044 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2045 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2046 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2047 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2048 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2049 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2050 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2051 * index must be executed first. 2052 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2053 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2054 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2055 * owned by a particular socket) 2056 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2057 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2058 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2059 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2060 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2061 * supported. 2062 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2063 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2064 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2065 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2066 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2067 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2068 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2069 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2070 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2071 * comparisions. 2072 */ 2073 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2074 u64 reqid; 2075 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2076 int n_ssids; 2077 u32 n_channels; 2078 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2079 const u8 *ie; 2080 size_t ie_len; 2081 u32 flags; 2082 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2083 int n_match_sets; 2084 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2085 u32 delay; 2086 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2087 int n_scan_plans; 2088 2089 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2090 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2091 2092 bool relative_rssi_set; 2093 s8 relative_rssi; 2094 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2095 2096 /* internal */ 2097 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2098 struct net_device *dev; 2099 unsigned long scan_start; 2100 bool report_results; 2101 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2102 u32 owner_nlportid; 2103 bool nl_owner_dead; 2104 struct list_head list; 2105 2106 /* keep last */ 2107 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[0]; 2108 }; 2109 2110 /** 2111 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2112 * 2113 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2114 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2115 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2116 */ 2117 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2118 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2119 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2120 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2121 }; 2122 2123 /** 2124 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2125 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2126 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2127 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2128 * signal type 2129 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2130 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2131 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2132 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2133 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2134 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2135 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2136 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2137 * by %parent_bssid. 2138 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2139 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2140 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2141 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2142 */ 2143 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2144 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2145 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2146 s32 signal; 2147 u64 boottime_ns; 2148 u64 parent_tsf; 2149 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2150 u8 chains; 2151 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2152 }; 2153 2154 /** 2155 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2156 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2157 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2158 * @len: length of the IEs 2159 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2160 * @data: IE data 2161 */ 2162 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2163 u64 tsf; 2164 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2165 int len; 2166 bool from_beacon; 2167 u8 data[]; 2168 }; 2169 2170 /** 2171 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2172 * 2173 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2174 * for use in scan results and similar. 2175 * 2176 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2177 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2178 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2179 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2180 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2181 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2182 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2183 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2184 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2185 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2186 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2187 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2188 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2189 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2190 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2191 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2192 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2193 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2194 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2195 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2196 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2197 * (multi-BSSID support) 2198 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2199 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2200 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2201 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2202 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2203 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2204 */ 2205 struct cfg80211_bss { 2206 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2207 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2208 2209 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2210 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2211 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2212 2213 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2214 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2215 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2216 2217 s32 signal; 2218 2219 u16 beacon_interval; 2220 u16 capability; 2221 2222 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2223 u8 chains; 2224 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2225 2226 u8 bssid_index; 2227 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2228 2229 u8 priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2230 }; 2231 2232 /** 2233 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2234 * @bss: the bss to search 2235 * @id: the element ID 2236 * 2237 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2238 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2239 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2240 */ 2241 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2242 2243 /** 2244 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2245 * @bss: the bss to search 2246 * @id: the element ID 2247 * 2248 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2249 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2250 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2251 */ 2252 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2253 { 2254 return (void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2255 } 2256 2257 2258 /** 2259 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2260 * 2261 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2262 * authentication. 2263 * 2264 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2265 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2266 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2267 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2268 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2269 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2270 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2271 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2272 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2273 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2274 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2275 * transaction sequence number field. 2276 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2277 */ 2278 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2279 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2280 const u8 *ie; 2281 size_t ie_len; 2282 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2283 const u8 *key; 2284 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2285 const u8 *auth_data; 2286 size_t auth_data_len; 2287 }; 2288 2289 /** 2290 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2291 * 2292 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2293 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2294 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2295 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2296 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2297 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2298 * request (connect callback). 2299 */ 2300 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2301 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2302 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2303 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2304 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2305 }; 2306 2307 /** 2308 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2309 * 2310 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2311 * (re)association. 2312 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2313 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2314 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2315 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2316 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2317 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2318 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2319 * @crypto: crypto settings 2320 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2321 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2322 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2323 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2324 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2325 * frame. 2326 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2327 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2328 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2329 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2330 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2331 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2332 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2333 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2334 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2335 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2336 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2337 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2338 */ 2339 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2340 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2341 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2342 size_t ie_len; 2343 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2344 bool use_mfp; 2345 u32 flags; 2346 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2347 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2348 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2349 const u8 *fils_kek; 2350 size_t fils_kek_len; 2351 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2352 }; 2353 2354 /** 2355 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2356 * 2357 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2358 * deauthentication. 2359 * 2360 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2361 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2362 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2363 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2364 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2365 * do not set a deauth frame 2366 */ 2367 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2368 const u8 *bssid; 2369 const u8 *ie; 2370 size_t ie_len; 2371 u16 reason_code; 2372 bool local_state_change; 2373 }; 2374 2375 /** 2376 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2377 * 2378 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2379 * disassociation. 2380 * 2381 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2382 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2383 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2384 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2385 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2386 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2387 */ 2388 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2389 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2390 const u8 *ie; 2391 size_t ie_len; 2392 u16 reason_code; 2393 bool local_state_change; 2394 }; 2395 2396 /** 2397 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2398 * 2399 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2400 * method. 2401 * 2402 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2403 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2404 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2405 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2406 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2407 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2408 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2409 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2410 * @ie_len: length of that 2411 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2412 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2413 * after joining 2414 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2415 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2416 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2417 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2418 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2419 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2420 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2421 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2422 * to operate on DFS channels. 2423 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2424 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2425 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2426 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2427 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2428 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2429 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2430 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2431 */ 2432 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2433 const u8 *ssid; 2434 const u8 *bssid; 2435 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2436 const u8 *ie; 2437 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2438 u16 beacon_interval; 2439 u32 basic_rates; 2440 bool channel_fixed; 2441 bool privacy; 2442 bool control_port; 2443 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2444 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2445 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2446 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2447 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2448 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2449 int wep_tx_key; 2450 }; 2451 2452 /** 2453 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2454 * 2455 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2456 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2457 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2458 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2459 */ 2460 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2461 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2462 union { 2463 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2464 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2465 } param; 2466 }; 2467 2468 /** 2469 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2470 * 2471 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2472 * authentication and association. 2473 * 2474 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2475 * on scan results) 2476 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2477 * %NULL if not specified 2478 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2479 * results) 2480 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2481 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2482 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2483 * to use. 2484 * @ssid: SSID 2485 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2486 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2487 * @ie: IEs for association request 2488 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2489 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2490 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2491 * @crypto: crypto settings 2492 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2493 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2494 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2495 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2496 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2497 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2498 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2499 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2500 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2501 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2502 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2503 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2504 * networks. 2505 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2506 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2507 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2508 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2509 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2510 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2511 * frame. 2512 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2513 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2514 * data IE. 2515 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2516 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2517 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2518 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2519 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2520 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2521 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2522 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2523 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2524 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2525 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2526 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2527 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2528 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2529 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2530 */ 2531 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2532 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2533 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2534 const u8 *bssid; 2535 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2536 const u8 *ssid; 2537 size_t ssid_len; 2538 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2539 const u8 *ie; 2540 size_t ie_len; 2541 bool privacy; 2542 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2543 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2544 const u8 *key; 2545 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2546 u32 flags; 2547 int bg_scan_period; 2548 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2549 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2550 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2551 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2552 bool pbss; 2553 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2554 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2555 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2556 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2557 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2558 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2559 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2560 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2561 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2562 bool want_1x; 2563 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2564 }; 2565 2566 /** 2567 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2568 * 2569 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2570 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2571 * 2572 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2573 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 2574 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 2575 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 2576 */ 2577 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 2578 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 2579 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 2580 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 2581 }; 2582 2583 /** 2584 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 2585 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 2586 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 2587 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 2588 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 2589 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 2590 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 2591 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 2592 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 2593 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 2594 */ 2595 enum wiphy_params_flags { 2596 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 2597 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 2598 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 2599 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 2600 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 2601 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 2602 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 2603 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 2604 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 2605 }; 2606 2607 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 2608 2609 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 2610 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 2611 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 2612 2613 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 2614 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 2615 2616 /** 2617 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 2618 * 2619 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 2620 * caching. 2621 * 2622 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 2623 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 2624 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 2625 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 2626 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 2627 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 2628 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 2629 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 2630 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 2631 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 2632 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 2633 * %NULL). 2634 */ 2635 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 2636 const u8 *bssid; 2637 const u8 *pmkid; 2638 const u8 *pmk; 2639 size_t pmk_len; 2640 const u8 *ssid; 2641 size_t ssid_len; 2642 const u8 *cache_id; 2643 }; 2644 2645 /** 2646 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 2647 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 2648 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 2649 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 2650 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 2651 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 2652 * 2653 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 2654 * memory, free @mask only! 2655 */ 2656 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 2657 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 2658 int pattern_len; 2659 int pkt_offset; 2660 }; 2661 2662 /** 2663 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 2664 * 2665 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 2666 * @src: source IP address 2667 * @dst: destination IP address 2668 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 2669 * @src_port: source port 2670 * @dst_port: destination port 2671 * @payload_len: data payload length 2672 * @payload: data payload buffer 2673 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 2674 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 2675 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 2676 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 2677 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 2678 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 2679 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 2680 */ 2681 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 2682 struct socket *sock; 2683 __be32 src, dst; 2684 u16 src_port, dst_port; 2685 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 2686 int payload_len; 2687 const u8 *payload; 2688 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 2689 u32 data_interval; 2690 u32 wake_len; 2691 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 2692 u32 tokens_size; 2693 /* must be last, variable member */ 2694 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 2695 }; 2696 2697 /** 2698 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 2699 * 2700 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 2701 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 2702 * operating as normal during suspend 2703 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 2704 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 2705 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 2706 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2707 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 2708 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 2709 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 2710 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 2711 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 2712 * NULL if not configured. 2713 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 2714 */ 2715 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 2716 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2717 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2718 rfkill_release; 2719 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2720 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 2721 int n_patterns; 2722 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 2723 }; 2724 2725 /** 2726 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 2727 * 2728 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 2729 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 2730 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 2731 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 2732 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 2733 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 2734 */ 2735 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 2736 int delay; 2737 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 2738 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 2739 int n_patterns; 2740 }; 2741 2742 /** 2743 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 2744 * 2745 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 2746 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 2747 * @n_rules: number of rules 2748 */ 2749 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 2750 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 2751 int n_rules; 2752 }; 2753 2754 /** 2755 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 2756 * 2757 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 2758 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 2759 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 2760 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 2761 * occurred (in MHz) 2762 */ 2763 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 2764 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2765 int n_channels; 2766 u32 channels[]; 2767 }; 2768 2769 /** 2770 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 2771 * 2772 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 2773 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 2774 * match information. 2775 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 2776 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 2777 */ 2778 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 2779 int n_matches; 2780 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 2781 }; 2782 2783 /** 2784 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 2785 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 2786 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 2787 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 2788 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 2789 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 2790 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 2791 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 2792 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 2793 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 2794 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 2795 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 2796 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 2797 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 2798 * it is. 2799 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 2800 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 2801 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 2802 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 2803 */ 2804 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 2805 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 2806 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 2807 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 2808 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 2809 s32 pattern_idx; 2810 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 2811 const void *packet; 2812 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 2813 }; 2814 2815 /** 2816 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 2817 * @kek: key encryption key (NL80211_KEK_LEN bytes) 2818 * @kck: key confirmation key (NL80211_KCK_LEN bytes) 2819 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 2820 */ 2821 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 2822 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 2823 }; 2824 2825 /** 2826 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 2827 * 2828 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 2829 * 2830 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 2831 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 2832 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 2833 */ 2834 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 2835 u16 md; 2836 const u8 *ie; 2837 size_t ie_len; 2838 }; 2839 2840 /** 2841 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 2842 * 2843 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 2844 * 2845 * @chan: channel to use 2846 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 2847 * @wait: duration for ROC 2848 * @buf: buffer to transmit 2849 * @len: buffer length 2850 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 2851 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 2852 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 2853 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 2854 */ 2855 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 2856 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2857 bool offchan; 2858 unsigned int wait; 2859 const u8 *buf; 2860 size_t len; 2861 bool no_cck; 2862 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 2863 int n_csa_offsets; 2864 const u16 *csa_offsets; 2865 }; 2866 2867 /** 2868 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 2869 * 2870 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 2871 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 2872 */ 2873 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 2874 u8 dscp; 2875 u8 up; 2876 }; 2877 2878 /** 2879 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 2880 * 2881 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2882 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 2883 */ 2884 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 2885 u8 low; 2886 u8 high; 2887 }; 2888 2889 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 2890 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 2891 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 2892 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 2893 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 2894 2895 /** 2896 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 2897 * 2898 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 2899 * 2900 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 2901 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 2902 * the user priority DSCP range definition 2903 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 2904 */ 2905 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 2906 u8 num_des; 2907 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 2908 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 2909 }; 2910 2911 /** 2912 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 2913 * 2914 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 2915 * 2916 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 2917 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 2918 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 2919 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 2920 */ 2921 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 2922 u8 master_pref; 2923 u8 bands; 2924 }; 2925 2926 /** 2927 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 2928 * configuration 2929 * 2930 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 2931 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 2932 */ 2933 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 2934 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 2935 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 2936 }; 2937 2938 /** 2939 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 2940 * 2941 * @filter: the content of the filter 2942 * @len: the length of the filter 2943 */ 2944 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 2945 const u8 *filter; 2946 u8 len; 2947 }; 2948 2949 /** 2950 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 2951 * 2952 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 2953 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 2954 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 2955 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 2956 * implementation specific. 2957 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 2958 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 2959 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 2960 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 2961 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 2962 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 2963 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 2964 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 2965 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 2966 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 2967 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 2968 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 2969 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 2970 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 2971 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 2972 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 2973 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 2974 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 2975 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 2976 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 2977 */ 2978 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 2979 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 2980 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 2981 u8 publish_type; 2982 bool close_range; 2983 bool publish_bcast; 2984 bool subscribe_active; 2985 u8 followup_id; 2986 u8 followup_reqid; 2987 struct mac_address followup_dest; 2988 u32 ttl; 2989 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 2990 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 2991 bool srf_include; 2992 const u8 *srf_bf; 2993 u8 srf_bf_len; 2994 u8 srf_bf_idx; 2995 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 2996 int srf_num_macs; 2997 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 2998 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 2999 u8 num_tx_filters; 3000 u8 num_rx_filters; 3001 u8 instance_id; 3002 u64 cookie; 3003 }; 3004 3005 /** 3006 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3007 * 3008 * @aa: authenticator address 3009 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3010 * @pmk: the PMK material 3011 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3012 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3013 * holds PMK-R0. 3014 */ 3015 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3016 const u8 *aa; 3017 u8 pmk_len; 3018 const u8 *pmk; 3019 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3020 }; 3021 3022 /** 3023 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3024 * 3025 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3026 * 3027 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3028 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3029 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3030 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3031 * authentication response command interface. 3032 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3033 * authentication response command interface. 3034 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3035 * authentication request event interface. 3036 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3037 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3038 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3039 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3040 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3041 */ 3042 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3043 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3044 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3045 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3046 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3047 u16 status; 3048 const u8 *pmkid; 3049 }; 3050 3051 /** 3052 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3053 * 3054 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3055 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3056 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3057 * answered 3058 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3059 * successfully answered 3060 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3061 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3062 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3063 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3064 * of how much time the responder was busy 3065 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3066 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3067 * the responder 3068 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3069 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3070 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3071 */ 3072 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3073 u32 filled; 3074 u32 success_num; 3075 u32 partial_num; 3076 u32 failed_num; 3077 u32 asap_num; 3078 u32 non_asap_num; 3079 u64 total_duration_ms; 3080 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3081 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3082 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3083 }; 3084 3085 /** 3086 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3087 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3088 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3089 * reason than just "failure" 3090 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3091 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3092 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3093 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3094 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3095 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3096 * by the responder 3097 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3098 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3099 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3100 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3101 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3102 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3103 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3104 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3105 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3106 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3107 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3108 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3109 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3110 * the square root of the variance) 3111 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3112 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3113 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3114 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3115 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3116 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3117 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3118 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3119 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3120 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3121 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3122 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3123 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3124 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3125 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3126 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3127 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3128 */ 3129 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3130 const u8 *lci; 3131 const u8 *civicloc; 3132 unsigned int lci_len; 3133 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3134 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3135 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3136 s16 burst_index; 3137 u8 busy_retry_time; 3138 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3139 u8 burst_duration; 3140 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3141 s32 rssi_avg; 3142 s32 rssi_spread; 3143 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3144 s64 rtt_avg; 3145 s64 rtt_variance; 3146 s64 rtt_spread; 3147 s64 dist_avg; 3148 s64 dist_variance; 3149 s64 dist_spread; 3150 3151 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3152 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3153 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3154 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3155 tx_rate_valid:1, 3156 rx_rate_valid:1, 3157 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3158 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3159 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3160 dist_avg_valid:1, 3161 dist_variance_valid:1, 3162 dist_spread_valid:1; 3163 }; 3164 3165 /** 3166 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3167 * @addr: address of the peer 3168 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3169 * measurement was made) 3170 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3171 * @status: status of the measurement 3172 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3173 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3174 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3175 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3176 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3177 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3178 */ 3179 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3180 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3181 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3182 3183 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3184 3185 u8 final:1, 3186 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3187 3188 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3189 3190 union { 3191 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3192 }; 3193 }; 3194 3195 /** 3196 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3197 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3198 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3199 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3200 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3201 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3202 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3203 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3204 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3205 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3206 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3207 * 3208 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3209 */ 3210 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3211 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3212 u16 burst_period; 3213 u8 requested:1, 3214 asap:1, 3215 request_lci:1, 3216 request_civicloc:1; 3217 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3218 u8 burst_duration; 3219 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3220 u8 ftmr_retries; 3221 }; 3222 3223 /** 3224 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3225 * @addr: MAC address 3226 * @chandef: channel to use 3227 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3228 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3229 */ 3230 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3231 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3232 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3233 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3234 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3235 }; 3236 3237 /** 3238 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3239 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3240 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3241 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3242 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3243 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3244 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3245 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3246 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3247 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3248 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3249 * zero it means there's no timeout 3250 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3251 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3252 */ 3253 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3254 u64 cookie; 3255 void *drv_data; 3256 u32 n_peers; 3257 u32 nl_portid; 3258 3259 u32 timeout; 3260 3261 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3262 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3263 3264 struct list_head list; 3265 3266 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3267 }; 3268 3269 /** 3270 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3271 * 3272 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3273 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3274 * 3275 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3276 * 3277 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3278 * has to be done. 3279 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3280 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3281 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3282 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3283 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3284 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3285 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3286 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3287 */ 3288 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3289 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3290 u16 status; 3291 const u8 *ie; 3292 size_t ie_len; 3293 }; 3294 3295 /** 3296 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3297 * 3298 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3299 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3300 * 3301 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3302 * on success or a negative error code. 3303 * 3304 * All operations are currently invoked under rtnl for consistency with the 3305 * wireless extensions but this is subject to reevaluation as soon as this 3306 * code is used more widely and we have a first user without wext. 3307 * 3308 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3309 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3310 * configured for the device. 3311 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3312 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3313 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3314 * the device. 3315 * 3316 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3317 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3318 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3319 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3320 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3321 * 3322 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3323 * 3324 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3325 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3326 * 3327 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3328 * when adding a group key. 3329 * 3330 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3331 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3332 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3333 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3334 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3335 * 3336 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3337 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3338 * 3339 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3340 * 3341 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3342 * 3343 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3344 * 3345 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3346 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3347 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3348 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3349 * 3350 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3351 * @del_station: Remove a station 3352 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3353 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3354 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3355 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3356 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3357 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3358 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3359 * 3360 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3361 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3362 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3363 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3364 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3365 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3366 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3367 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3368 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3369 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3370 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3371 * 3372 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3373 * 3374 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3375 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3376 * set, and which to leave alone. 3377 * 3378 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3379 * 3380 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3381 * 3382 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3383 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3384 * join the mesh instead. 3385 * 3386 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3387 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3388 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3389 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3390 * 3391 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3392 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3393 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3394 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3395 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3396 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3397 * 3398 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3399 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3400 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3401 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3402 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3403 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3404 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3405 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3406 * 3407 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3408 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3409 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3410 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3411 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3412 * was received. 3413 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3414 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3415 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3416 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3417 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3418 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3419 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3420 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3421 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3422 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3423 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3424 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3425 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3426 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3427 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3428 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3429 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3430 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3431 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3432 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3433 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3434 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3435 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3436 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3437 * 3438 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3439 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3440 * to a merge. 3441 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3442 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3443 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3444 * 3445 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3446 * MESH mode) 3447 * 3448 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3449 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3450 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3451 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3452 * 3453 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3454 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3455 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3456 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3457 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3458 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3459 * return 0 if successful 3460 * 3461 * @set_wds_peer: set the WDS peer for a WDS interface 3462 * 3463 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3464 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3465 * 3466 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3467 * 3468 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3469 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3470 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3471 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3472 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3473 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3474 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3475 * the duration value. 3476 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3477 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3478 * frame on another channel 3479 * 3480 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3481 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3482 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3483 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3484 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3485 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3486 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3487 * 3488 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3489 * 3490 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3491 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3492 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3493 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3494 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3495 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3496 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3497 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3498 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3499 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3500 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3501 * disabled.) 3502 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3503 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3504 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3505 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3506 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3507 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3508 * thresholds. 3509 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3510 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3511 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3512 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3513 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3514 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3515 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3516 * 3517 * @mgmt_frame_register: Notify driver that a management frame type was 3518 * registered. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3519 * 3520 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3521 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 3522 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 3523 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 3524 * 3525 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 3526 * 3527 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 3528 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 3529 * 3530 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 3531 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 3532 * 3533 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 3534 * 3535 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 3536 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 3537 * current monitoring channel. 3538 * 3539 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 3540 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 3541 * 3542 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 3543 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 3544 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 3545 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 3546 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 3547 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 3548 * 3549 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 3550 * 3551 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 3552 * was finished on another phy. 3553 * 3554 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 3555 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 3556 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 3557 * 3558 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 3559 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 3560 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 3561 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 3562 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 3563 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 3564 * 3565 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 3566 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 3567 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 3568 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 3569 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 3570 * as soon as possible. 3571 * 3572 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 3573 * 3574 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 3575 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 3576 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 3577 * 3578 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 3579 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 3580 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 3581 * account. 3582 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 3583 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 3584 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 3585 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 3586 * rejected) 3587 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 3588 * 3589 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 3590 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3591 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 3592 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3593 * 3594 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 3595 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 3596 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 3597 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 3598 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 3599 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 3600 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 3601 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 3602 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 3603 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 3604 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 3605 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 3606 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 3607 * provided @nan_func. 3608 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 3609 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 3610 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 3611 * All other parameters must be ignored. 3612 * 3613 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 3614 * 3615 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 3616 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 3617 * 3618 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 3619 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 3620 * upon which the driver should clear it. 3621 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3622 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 3623 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3624 * 3625 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 3626 * user space 3627 * 3628 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 3629 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 3630 * 3631 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 3632 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 3633 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 3634 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 3635 * 3636 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 3637 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 3638 * DH IE through this interface. 3639 * 3640 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 3641 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 3642 */ 3643 struct cfg80211_ops { 3644 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 3645 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3646 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 3647 3648 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3649 const char *name, 3650 unsigned char name_assign_type, 3651 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3652 struct vif_params *params); 3653 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3654 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3655 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3656 struct net_device *dev, 3657 enum nl80211_iftype type, 3658 struct vif_params *params); 3659 3660 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3661 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3662 struct key_params *params); 3663 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3664 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 3665 void *cookie, 3666 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 3667 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3668 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 3669 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3670 struct net_device *netdev, 3671 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 3672 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3673 struct net_device *netdev, 3674 u8 key_index); 3675 3676 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3677 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 3678 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3679 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 3680 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3681 3682 3683 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3684 const u8 *mac, 3685 struct station_parameters *params); 3686 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3687 struct station_del_parameters *params); 3688 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3689 const u8 *mac, 3690 struct station_parameters *params); 3691 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3692 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3693 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3694 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 3695 3696 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3697 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3698 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3699 const u8 *dst); 3700 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3701 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 3702 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3703 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3704 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3705 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 3706 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3707 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3708 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3709 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3710 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 3711 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 3712 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3713 struct net_device *dev, 3714 struct mesh_config *conf); 3715 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3716 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 3717 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 3718 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3719 const struct mesh_config *conf, 3720 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 3721 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3722 3723 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3724 struct ocb_setup *setup); 3725 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3726 3727 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3728 struct bss_parameters *params); 3729 3730 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3731 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 3732 3733 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3734 struct net_device *dev, 3735 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 3736 3737 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3738 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3739 3740 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3741 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 3742 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3743 3744 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3745 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 3746 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3747 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 3748 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3749 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 3750 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3751 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 3752 3753 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3754 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 3755 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3756 struct net_device *dev, 3757 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 3758 u32 changed); 3759 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3760 u16 reason_code); 3761 3762 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3763 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 3764 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 3765 3766 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3767 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 3768 3769 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 3770 3771 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3772 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 3773 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3774 int *dbm); 3775 3776 int (*set_wds_peer)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3777 const u8 *addr); 3778 3779 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 3780 3781 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 3782 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3783 void *data, int len); 3784 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 3785 struct netlink_callback *cb, 3786 void *data, int len); 3787 #endif 3788 3789 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3790 struct net_device *dev, 3791 const u8 *peer, 3792 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 3793 3794 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3795 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 3796 3797 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3798 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3799 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 3800 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 3801 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 3802 3803 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3804 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3805 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 3806 unsigned int duration, 3807 u64 *cookie); 3808 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3809 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3810 u64 cookie); 3811 3812 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3813 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 3814 u64 *cookie); 3815 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3816 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3817 u64 cookie); 3818 3819 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3820 bool enabled, int timeout); 3821 3822 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3823 struct net_device *dev, 3824 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 3825 3826 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3827 struct net_device *dev, 3828 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 3829 3830 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3831 struct net_device *dev, 3832 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 3833 3834 void (*mgmt_frame_register)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3835 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3836 u16 frame_type, bool reg); 3837 3838 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 3839 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 3840 3841 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3842 struct net_device *dev, 3843 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 3844 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3845 u64 reqid); 3846 3847 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3848 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 3849 3850 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3851 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 3852 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 3853 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3854 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3855 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 3856 3857 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3858 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 3859 3860 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3861 struct net_device *dev, 3862 u16 noack_map); 3863 3864 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3865 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3866 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3867 3868 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3869 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3870 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3871 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3872 3873 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3874 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 3875 3876 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3877 struct net_device *dev, 3878 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 3879 u32 cac_time_ms); 3880 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3881 struct net_device *dev); 3882 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3883 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 3884 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3885 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3886 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 3887 u16 duration); 3888 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3889 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3890 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3891 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 3892 3893 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3894 struct net_device *dev, 3895 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 3896 3897 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3898 struct net_device *dev, 3899 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 3900 3901 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3902 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3903 3904 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3905 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 3906 u16 admitted_time); 3907 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3908 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 3909 3910 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3911 struct net_device *dev, 3912 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 3913 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 3914 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3915 struct net_device *dev, 3916 const u8 *addr); 3917 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3918 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 3919 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 3920 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3921 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 3922 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3923 u64 cookie); 3924 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3925 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3926 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 3927 u32 changes); 3928 3929 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3930 struct net_device *dev, 3931 const bool enabled); 3932 3933 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3934 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3935 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 3936 3937 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3938 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 3939 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3940 const u8 *aa); 3941 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3942 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 3943 3944 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3945 struct net_device *dev, 3946 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 3947 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 3948 const bool noencrypt); 3949 3950 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 3951 struct net_device *dev, 3952 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 3953 3954 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3955 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3956 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 3957 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 3958 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3959 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 3960 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 3961 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 3962 }; 3963 3964 /* 3965 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 3966 * and registration/helper functions 3967 */ 3968 3969 /** 3970 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 3971 * 3972 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 3973 * wiphy at all 3974 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 3975 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 3976 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 3977 * reason to override the default 3978 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 3979 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 3980 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 3981 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 3982 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 3983 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 3984 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 3985 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 3986 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 3987 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 3988 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 3989 * firmware. 3990 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 3991 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 3992 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 3993 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 3994 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 3995 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 3996 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 3997 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 3998 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 3999 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4000 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4001 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4002 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4003 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4004 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4005 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4006 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4007 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4008 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4009 * before connection. 4010 */ 4011 enum wiphy_flags { 4012 /* use hole at 0 */ 4013 /* use hole at 1 */ 4014 /* use hole at 2 */ 4015 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4016 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4017 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4018 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4019 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4020 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4021 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4022 /* use hole at 11 */ 4023 /* use hole at 12 */ 4024 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4025 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4026 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4027 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4028 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4029 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4030 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4031 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4032 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4033 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4034 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4035 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4036 }; 4037 4038 /** 4039 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4040 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4041 * @types: interface types (bits) 4042 */ 4043 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4044 u16 max; 4045 u16 types; 4046 }; 4047 4048 /** 4049 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4050 * 4051 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4052 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4053 * 4054 * Examples: 4055 * 4056 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4057 * 4058 * .. code-block:: c 4059 * 4060 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4061 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4062 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4063 * }; 4064 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4065 * .limits = limits1, 4066 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4067 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4068 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4069 * }; 4070 * 4071 * 4072 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4073 * 4074 * .. code-block:: c 4075 * 4076 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4077 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4078 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4079 * }; 4080 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4081 * .limits = limits2, 4082 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4083 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4084 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4085 * }; 4086 * 4087 * 4088 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4089 * 4090 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4091 * 4092 * .. code-block:: c 4093 * 4094 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4095 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4096 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4097 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4098 * }; 4099 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4100 * .limits = limits3, 4101 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4102 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4103 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4104 * }; 4105 * 4106 */ 4107 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4108 /** 4109 * @limits: 4110 * limits for the given interface types 4111 */ 4112 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4113 4114 /** 4115 * @num_different_channels: 4116 * can use up to this many different channels 4117 */ 4118 u32 num_different_channels; 4119 4120 /** 4121 * @max_interfaces: 4122 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4123 */ 4124 u16 max_interfaces; 4125 4126 /** 4127 * @n_limits: 4128 * number of limitations 4129 */ 4130 u8 n_limits; 4131 4132 /** 4133 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4134 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4135 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4136 */ 4137 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4138 4139 /** 4140 * @radar_detect_widths: 4141 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4142 */ 4143 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4144 4145 /** 4146 * @radar_detect_regions: 4147 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4148 */ 4149 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4150 4151 /** 4152 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4153 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4154 * 4155 * = 0 4156 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4157 * > 0 4158 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4159 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4160 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4161 */ 4162 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4163 }; 4164 4165 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4166 u16 tx, rx; 4167 }; 4168 4169 /** 4170 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4171 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4172 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4173 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4174 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4175 * packet should be preserved in that case 4176 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4177 * (see nl80211.h) 4178 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4179 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4180 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4181 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4182 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4183 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4184 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4185 */ 4186 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4187 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4188 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4189 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4190 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4191 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4192 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4193 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4194 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4195 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4196 }; 4197 4198 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4199 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4200 u32 data_payload_max; 4201 u32 data_interval_max; 4202 u32 wake_payload_max; 4203 bool seq; 4204 }; 4205 4206 /** 4207 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4208 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4209 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4210 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4211 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4212 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4213 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4214 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4215 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4216 * scheduled scans. 4217 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4218 * details. 4219 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4220 */ 4221 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4222 u32 flags; 4223 int n_patterns; 4224 int pattern_max_len; 4225 int pattern_min_len; 4226 int max_pkt_offset; 4227 int max_nd_match_sets; 4228 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4229 }; 4230 4231 /** 4232 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4233 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4234 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4235 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4236 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4237 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4238 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4239 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4240 */ 4241 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4242 int n_rules; 4243 int max_delay; 4244 int n_patterns; 4245 int pattern_max_len; 4246 int pattern_min_len; 4247 int max_pkt_offset; 4248 }; 4249 4250 /** 4251 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4252 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4253 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4254 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4255 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4256 */ 4257 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4258 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4259 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4260 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4261 }; 4262 4263 /** 4264 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4265 * 4266 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4267 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4268 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4269 * 4270 */ 4271 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4272 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4273 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4274 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4275 }; 4276 4277 /** 4278 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4279 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4280 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4281 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4282 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4283 */ 4284 4285 struct sta_opmode_info { 4286 u32 changed; 4287 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4288 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4289 u8 rx_nss; 4290 }; 4291 4292 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4293 4294 /** 4295 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4296 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4297 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4298 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4299 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4300 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4301 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4302 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4303 * dumpit calls. 4304 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4305 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4306 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4307 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4308 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4309 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4310 * are used with dump requests. 4311 */ 4312 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4313 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4314 u32 flags; 4315 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4316 const void *data, int data_len); 4317 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4318 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4319 unsigned long *storage); 4320 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4321 unsigned int maxattr; 4322 }; 4323 4324 /** 4325 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4326 * @iftype: interface type 4327 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4328 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4329 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4330 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4331 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4332 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4333 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4334 */ 4335 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4336 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4337 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4338 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4339 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4340 }; 4341 4342 /** 4343 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4344 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4345 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4346 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4347 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4348 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4349 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4350 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4351 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4352 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4353 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4354 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4355 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4356 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4357 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4358 * not limited) 4359 */ 4360 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4361 unsigned int max_peers; 4362 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4363 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4364 4365 struct { 4366 u32 preambles; 4367 u32 bandwidths; 4368 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4369 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4370 u8 supported:1, 4371 asap:1, 4372 non_asap:1, 4373 request_lci:1, 4374 request_civicloc:1; 4375 } ftm; 4376 }; 4377 4378 /** 4379 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4380 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4381 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4382 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4383 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4384 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4385 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4386 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4387 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4388 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4389 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4390 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites 4391 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4392 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4393 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4394 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4395 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4396 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4397 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4398 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4399 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4400 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4401 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4402 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4403 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4404 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4405 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4406 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4407 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4408 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4409 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4410 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4411 * unregister hardware 4412 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy, will be renamed 4413 * automatically on wiphy renames 4414 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy 4415 * @registered: helps synchronize suspend/resume with wiphy unregister 4416 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4417 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4418 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4419 * must be set by driver 4420 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4421 * list single interface types. 4422 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4423 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4424 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4425 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4426 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4427 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4428 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4429 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4430 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4431 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4432 * this variable determines its size 4433 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4434 * any given scan 4435 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4436 * the device can run concurrently. 4437 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4438 * for in any given scheduled scan 4439 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4440 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4441 * supported. 4442 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4443 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4444 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4445 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4446 * scans 4447 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4448 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4449 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4450 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4451 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4452 * scan plan supported by the device. 4453 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4454 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 4455 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 4456 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 4457 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 4458 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 4459 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 4460 * 4461 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 4462 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 4463 * type 4464 * 4465 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4466 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4467 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 4468 * 4469 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 4470 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 4471 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 4472 * 4473 * @probe_resp_offload: 4474 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 4475 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4476 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4477 * 4478 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 4479 * may request, if implemented. 4480 * 4481 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 4482 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 4483 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 4484 * to the suspend() operation instead. 4485 * 4486 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 4487 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 4488 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4489 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 4490 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 4491 * 4492 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 4493 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 4494 * 4495 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 4496 * supports for ACL. 4497 * 4498 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4499 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 4500 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 4501 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 4502 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 4503 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 4504 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 4505 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4506 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4507 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 4508 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 4509 * capabilities are specified separately. 4510 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 4511 * 4512 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 4513 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 4514 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 4515 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 4516 * 4517 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 4518 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 4519 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 4520 * some cases, but may not always reach. 4521 * 4522 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 4523 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 4524 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 4525 * infinite. 4526 * @max_adj_channel_rssi_comp: max offset of between the channel on which the 4527 * frame was sent and the channel on which the frame was heard for which 4528 * the reported rssi is still valid. If a driver is able to compensate the 4529 * low rssi when a frame is heard on different channel, then it should set 4530 * this variable to the maximal offset for which it can compensate. 4531 * This value should be set in MHz. 4532 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 4533 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 4534 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 4535 * 4536 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 4537 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 4538 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 4539 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 4540 * 4541 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 4542 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 4543 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 4544 * 4545 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 4546 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 4547 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 4548 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 4549 * 4550 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 4551 */ 4552 struct wiphy { 4553 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 4554 4555 /* permanent MAC address(es) */ 4556 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 4557 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 4558 4559 struct mac_address *addresses; 4560 4561 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 4562 4563 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 4564 int n_iface_combinations; 4565 u16 software_iftypes; 4566 4567 u16 n_addresses; 4568 4569 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 4570 u16 interface_modes; 4571 4572 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 4573 4574 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 4575 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 4576 4577 u32 ap_sme_capa; 4578 4579 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 4580 4581 int bss_priv_size; 4582 u8 max_scan_ssids; 4583 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 4584 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 4585 u8 max_match_sets; 4586 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 4587 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 4588 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 4589 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 4590 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 4591 4592 int n_cipher_suites; 4593 const u32 *cipher_suites; 4594 4595 int n_akm_suites; 4596 const u32 *akm_suites; 4597 4598 u8 retry_short; 4599 u8 retry_long; 4600 u32 frag_threshold; 4601 u32 rts_threshold; 4602 u8 coverage_class; 4603 4604 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 4605 u32 hw_version; 4606 4607 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 4608 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 4609 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 4610 #endif 4611 4612 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 4613 4614 u8 max_num_pmkids; 4615 4616 u32 available_antennas_tx; 4617 u32 available_antennas_rx; 4618 4619 /* 4620 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading 4621 * see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 4622 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 4623 */ 4624 u32 probe_resp_offload; 4625 4626 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 4627 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4628 4629 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 4630 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 4631 4632 /* If multiple wiphys are registered and you're handed e.g. 4633 * a regular netdev with assigned ieee80211_ptr, you won't 4634 * know whether it points to a wiphy your driver has registered 4635 * or not. Assign this to something global to your driver to 4636 * help determine whether you own this wiphy or not. */ 4637 const void *privid; 4638 4639 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 4640 4641 /* Lets us get back the wiphy on the callback */ 4642 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4643 struct regulatory_request *request); 4644 4645 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 4646 4647 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 4648 4649 /* the item in /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this, 4650 * you need use set_wiphy_dev() (see below) */ 4651 struct device dev; 4652 4653 /* protects ->resume, ->suspend sysfs callbacks against unregister hw */ 4654 bool registered; 4655 4656 /* dir in debugfs: ieee80211/<wiphyname> */ 4657 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 4658 4659 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 4660 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 4661 4662 struct list_head wdev_list; 4663 4664 /* the network namespace this phy lives in currently */ 4665 possible_net_t _net; 4666 4667 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4668 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 4669 #endif 4670 4671 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 4672 4673 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 4674 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 4675 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 4676 4677 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 4678 4679 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 4680 u8 max_adj_channel_rssi_comp; 4681 4682 u32 bss_select_support; 4683 4684 u8 nan_supported_bands; 4685 4686 u32 txq_limit; 4687 u32 txq_memory_limit; 4688 u32 txq_quantum; 4689 4690 u8 support_mbssid:1, 4691 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 4692 4693 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 4694 4695 char priv[0] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 4696 }; 4697 4698 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4699 { 4700 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 4701 } 4702 4703 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 4704 { 4705 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 4706 } 4707 4708 /** 4709 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 4710 * 4711 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 4712 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 4713 */ 4714 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4715 { 4716 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 4717 return &wiphy->priv; 4718 } 4719 4720 /** 4721 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 4722 * 4723 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 4724 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 4725 */ 4726 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 4727 { 4728 BUG_ON(!priv); 4729 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 4730 } 4731 4732 /** 4733 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 4734 * 4735 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 4736 * @dev: The device to parent it to 4737 */ 4738 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 4739 { 4740 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 4741 } 4742 4743 /** 4744 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 4745 * 4746 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 4747 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 4748 */ 4749 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 4750 { 4751 return wiphy->dev.parent; 4752 } 4753 4754 /** 4755 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 4756 * 4757 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 4758 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 4759 */ 4760 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 4761 { 4762 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 4763 } 4764 4765 /** 4766 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4767 * 4768 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4769 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4770 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 4771 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 4772 * 4773 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4774 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4775 * 4776 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4777 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4778 */ 4779 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 4780 const char *requested_name); 4781 4782 /** 4783 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 4784 * 4785 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 4786 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 4787 * 4788 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 4789 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 4790 * 4791 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 4792 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 4793 */ 4794 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 4795 int sizeof_priv) 4796 { 4797 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 4798 } 4799 4800 /** 4801 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 4802 * 4803 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 4804 * 4805 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 4806 */ 4807 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4808 4809 /** 4810 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 4811 * 4812 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 4813 * 4814 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 4815 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 4816 * request that is being handled. 4817 */ 4818 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4819 4820 /** 4821 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 4822 * 4823 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 4824 */ 4825 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4826 4827 /* internal structs */ 4828 struct cfg80211_conn; 4829 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 4830 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 4831 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 4832 4833 /** 4834 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 4835 * 4836 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 4837 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 4838 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 4839 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 4840 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device. 4841 * 4842 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 4843 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 4844 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 4845 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 4846 * 4847 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 4848 * @iftype: interface type 4849 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 4850 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 4851 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 4852 * wireless device if it has no netdev 4853 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4854 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 4855 * the user-set channel definition. 4856 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 4857 * track the channel to be used for AP later 4858 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4859 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4860 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4861 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4862 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 4863 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 4864 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 4865 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 4866 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 4867 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 4868 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 4869 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 4870 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 4871 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 4872 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 4873 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 4874 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 4875 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 4876 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 4877 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 4878 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 4879 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 4880 * @mgmt_registrations_lock: lock for the list 4881 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 4882 * and some API functions require it held 4883 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 4884 * beacons, 0 when not valid 4885 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 4886 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 4887 * the P2P Device. 4888 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 4889 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 4890 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 4891 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 4892 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 4893 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 4894 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 4895 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 4896 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 4897 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 4898 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 4899 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 4900 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 4901 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 4902 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 4903 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 4904 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 4905 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 4906 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 4907 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 4908 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 4909 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 4910 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 4911 */ 4912 struct wireless_dev { 4913 struct wiphy *wiphy; 4914 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4915 4916 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 4917 struct list_head list; 4918 struct net_device *netdev; 4919 4920 u32 identifier; 4921 4922 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 4923 spinlock_t mgmt_registrations_lock; 4924 4925 struct mutex mtx; 4926 4927 bool use_4addr, is_running; 4928 4929 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 4930 4931 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 4932 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4933 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 4934 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 4935 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 4936 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 4937 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 4938 4939 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 4940 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4941 4942 struct list_head event_list; 4943 spinlock_t event_lock; 4944 4945 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 4946 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 4947 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 4948 4949 bool ibss_fixed; 4950 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 4951 4952 bool ps; 4953 int ps_timeout; 4954 4955 int beacon_interval; 4956 4957 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 4958 4959 u32 owner_nlportid; 4960 bool nl_owner_dead; 4961 4962 bool cac_started; 4963 unsigned long cac_start_time; 4964 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 4965 4966 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 4967 /* wext data */ 4968 struct { 4969 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 4970 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 4971 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 4972 const u8 *ie; 4973 size_t ie_len; 4974 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4975 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 4976 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 4977 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 4978 bool prev_bssid_valid; 4979 } wext; 4980 #endif 4981 4982 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 4983 4984 struct list_head pmsr_list; 4985 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 4986 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 4987 }; 4988 4989 static inline u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4990 { 4991 if (wdev->netdev) 4992 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 4993 return wdev->address; 4994 } 4995 4996 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 4997 { 4998 if (wdev->netdev) 4999 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5000 return wdev->is_running; 5001 } 5002 5003 /** 5004 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5005 * 5006 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5007 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5008 */ 5009 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5010 { 5011 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5012 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5013 } 5014 5015 /** 5016 * DOC: Utility functions 5017 * 5018 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5019 */ 5020 5021 /** 5022 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5023 * @chan: channel number 5024 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5025 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5026 */ 5027 int ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5028 5029 /** 5030 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5031 * @freq: center frequency 5032 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5033 */ 5034 int ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq); 5035 5036 /** 5037 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5038 * 5039 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5040 * @freq: the center frequency of the channel 5041 * 5042 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5043 */ 5044 struct ieee80211_channel *ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq); 5045 5046 /** 5047 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5048 * 5049 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5050 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5051 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5052 * 5053 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5054 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5055 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5056 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5057 */ 5058 struct ieee80211_rate * 5059 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5060 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5061 5062 /** 5063 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5064 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5065 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5066 * 5067 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5068 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5069 */ 5070 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5071 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5072 5073 /* 5074 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5075 * 5076 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5077 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.txt 5078 */ 5079 5080 struct radiotap_align_size { 5081 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5082 }; 5083 5084 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5085 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5086 int n_bits; 5087 uint32_t oui; 5088 uint8_t subns; 5089 }; 5090 5091 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5092 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5093 int n_ns; 5094 }; 5095 5096 /** 5097 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5098 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5099 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5100 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5101 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5102 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5103 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5104 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5105 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5106 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5107 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5108 * radiotap namespace or not 5109 * 5110 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5111 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5112 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5113 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5114 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5115 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5116 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5117 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5118 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5119 * next bitmap word 5120 * 5121 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5122 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5123 */ 5124 5125 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5126 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5127 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5128 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5129 5130 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5131 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5132 5133 unsigned char *this_arg; 5134 int this_arg_index; 5135 int this_arg_size; 5136 5137 int is_radiotap_ns; 5138 5139 int _max_length; 5140 int _arg_index; 5141 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5142 int _reset_on_ext; 5143 }; 5144 5145 int 5146 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5147 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5148 int max_length, 5149 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5150 5151 int 5152 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5153 5154 5155 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5156 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5157 5158 /** 5159 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5160 * 5161 * @skb: the frame 5162 * 5163 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5164 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5165 * 5166 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5167 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5168 * 802.11 header. 5169 */ 5170 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5171 5172 /** 5173 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5174 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5175 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5176 */ 5177 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5178 5179 /** 5180 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5181 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5182 * (first byte) will be accessed 5183 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5184 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5185 */ 5186 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5187 5188 /** 5189 * DOC: Data path helpers 5190 * 5191 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5192 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5193 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5194 */ 5195 5196 /** 5197 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5198 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5199 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5200 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5201 * @addr: the device MAC address 5202 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5203 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5204 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5205 */ 5206 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5207 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5208 u8 data_offset); 5209 5210 /** 5211 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5212 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5213 * @addr: the device MAC address 5214 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5215 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5216 */ 5217 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5218 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5219 { 5220 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0); 5221 } 5222 5223 /** 5224 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5225 * 5226 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5227 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5228 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5229 * 5230 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5231 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5232 * initialized by by the caller. 5233 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5234 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5235 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5236 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5237 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5238 */ 5239 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5240 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5241 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5242 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5243 5244 /** 5245 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5246 * @skb: the data frame 5247 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5248 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5249 */ 5250 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5251 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5252 5253 /** 5254 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5255 * 5256 * @eid: element ID 5257 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5258 * @len: length of data 5259 * @match: byte array to match 5260 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5261 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5262 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5263 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5264 * the data portion instead. 5265 * 5266 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5267 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5268 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5269 * requested element struct. 5270 * 5271 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5272 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5273 * byte array to match. 5274 */ 5275 const struct element * 5276 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5277 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5278 unsigned int match_offset); 5279 5280 /** 5281 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 5282 * 5283 * @eid: element ID 5284 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5285 * @len: length of data 5286 * @match: byte array to match 5287 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5288 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 5289 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 5290 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 5291 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 5292 * the second byte is the IE length. 5293 * 5294 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5295 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5296 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 5297 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5298 * element ID. 5299 * 5300 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5301 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5302 * byte array to match. 5303 */ 5304 static inline const u8 * 5305 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 5306 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 5307 unsigned int match_offset) 5308 { 5309 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 5310 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 5311 */ 5312 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 5313 (!match_len && match_offset))) 5314 return NULL; 5315 5316 return (void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 5317 match, match_len, 5318 match_offset ? 5319 match_offset - 2 : 0); 5320 } 5321 5322 /** 5323 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 5324 * 5325 * @eid: element ID 5326 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5327 * @len: length of data 5328 * 5329 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5330 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5331 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5332 * requested element struct. 5333 * 5334 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5335 * having to fit into the given data. 5336 */ 5337 static inline const struct element * 5338 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5339 { 5340 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5341 } 5342 5343 /** 5344 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 5345 * 5346 * @eid: element ID 5347 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5348 * @len: length of data 5349 * 5350 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5351 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5352 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5353 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5354 * 5355 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5356 * having to fit into the given data. 5357 */ 5358 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5359 { 5360 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 5361 } 5362 5363 /** 5364 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 5365 * 5366 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5367 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5368 * @len: length of data 5369 * 5370 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 5371 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5372 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5373 * requested element struct. 5374 * 5375 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5376 * having to fit into the given data. 5377 */ 5378 static inline const struct element * 5379 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5380 { 5381 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5382 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 5383 } 5384 5385 /** 5386 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 5387 * 5388 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 5389 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5390 * @len: length of data 5391 * 5392 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 5393 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5394 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 5395 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 5396 * 5397 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5398 * having to fit into the given data. 5399 */ 5400 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 5401 { 5402 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 5403 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 5404 } 5405 5406 /** 5407 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 5408 * 5409 * @oui: vendor OUI 5410 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5411 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5412 * @len: length of data 5413 * 5414 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5415 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 5416 * return the element structure for the requested element. 5417 * 5418 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5419 * the given data. 5420 */ 5421 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5422 const u8 *ies, 5423 unsigned int len); 5424 5425 /** 5426 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 5427 * 5428 * @oui: vendor OUI 5429 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 5430 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5431 * @len: length of data 5432 * 5433 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 5434 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 5435 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 5436 * element ID. 5437 * 5438 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 5439 * the given data. 5440 */ 5441 static inline const u8 * 5442 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 5443 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 5444 { 5445 return (void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 5446 } 5447 5448 /** 5449 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 5450 * 5451 * @dev: network device 5452 * @addr: STA MAC address 5453 * 5454 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 5455 * devices upon STA association. 5456 */ 5457 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5458 5459 /** 5460 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 5461 * 5462 * TODO 5463 */ 5464 5465 /** 5466 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 5467 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 5468 * conflicts) 5469 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 5470 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 5471 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 5472 * alpha2. 5473 * 5474 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 5475 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 5476 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 5477 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 5478 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 5479 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 5480 * 5481 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 5482 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 5483 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 5484 * 5485 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5486 * an -ENOMEM. 5487 * 5488 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 5489 */ 5490 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 5491 5492 /** 5493 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 5494 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5495 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 5496 * 5497 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 5498 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 5499 * information. 5500 * 5501 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5502 */ 5503 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5504 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5505 5506 /** 5507 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl - set regdom for self-managed drivers 5508 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5509 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 5510 * 5511 * This functions requires the RTNL to be held and applies the new regdomain 5512 * synchronously to this wiphy. For more details see 5513 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 5514 * 5515 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 5516 */ 5517 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5518 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 5519 5520 /** 5521 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 5522 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 5523 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 5524 * 5525 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 5526 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 5527 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 5528 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 5529 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 5530 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 5531 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 5532 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 5533 * that called this helper. 5534 */ 5535 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5536 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 5537 5538 /** 5539 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 5540 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 5541 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 5542 * 5543 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 5544 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 5545 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 5546 * and processed already. 5547 * 5548 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 5549 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 5550 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 5551 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 5552 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 5553 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 5554 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 5555 */ 5556 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5557 u32 center_freq); 5558 5559 /** 5560 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 5561 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 5562 * 5563 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 5564 * proper string representation. 5565 */ 5566 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 5567 5568 /** 5569 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 5570 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 5571 * 5572 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 5573 */ 5574 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5575 5576 /** 5577 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 5578 * 5579 */ 5580 5581 /** 5582 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 5583 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 5584 * 5585 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 5586 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 5587 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 5588 * 5589 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 5590 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 5591 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 5592 * 5593 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 5594 * an -ENODATA. 5595 * 5596 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 5597 */ 5598 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 5599 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 5600 5601 /* 5602 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 5603 * functions and BSS handling helpers 5604 */ 5605 5606 /** 5607 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 5608 * 5609 * @request: the corresponding scan request 5610 * @info: information about the completed scan 5611 */ 5612 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 5613 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 5614 5615 /** 5616 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 5617 * 5618 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 5619 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5620 */ 5621 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5622 5623 /** 5624 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5625 * 5626 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5627 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5628 * 5629 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5630 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5631 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5632 */ 5633 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5634 5635 /** 5636 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 5637 * 5638 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 5639 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 5640 * 5641 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 5642 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 5643 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 5644 * This function should be called with rtnl locked. 5645 */ 5646 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_rtnl(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 5647 5648 /** 5649 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 5650 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5651 * @data: the BSS metadata 5652 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 5653 * @len: length of the management frame 5654 * @gfp: context flags 5655 * 5656 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5657 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5658 * 5659 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5660 * Or %NULL on error. 5661 */ 5662 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5663 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5664 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5665 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5666 gfp_t gfp); 5667 5668 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5669 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5670 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5671 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5672 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5673 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5674 { 5675 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5676 .chan = rx_channel, 5677 .scan_width = scan_width, 5678 .signal = signal, 5679 }; 5680 5681 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5682 } 5683 5684 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5685 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5686 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5687 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 5688 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5689 { 5690 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5691 .chan = rx_channel, 5692 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5693 .signal = signal, 5694 }; 5695 5696 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 5697 } 5698 5699 /** 5700 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 5701 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 5702 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 5703 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 5704 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 5705 */ 5706 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 5707 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 5708 { 5709 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 5710 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 5711 u64 new_bssid_u64; 5712 5713 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 5714 5715 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 5716 5717 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 5718 } 5719 5720 /** 5721 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 5722 * @element: element to check 5723 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 5724 */ 5725 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 5726 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 5727 5728 /** 5729 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 5730 * @ie: ies 5731 * @ielen: length of IEs 5732 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 5733 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 5734 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 5735 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 5736 */ 5737 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5738 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 5739 const struct element *sub_elem, 5740 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 5741 5742 /** 5743 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 5744 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 5745 * from a beacon or probe response 5746 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 5747 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 5748 */ 5749 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 5750 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 5751 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 5752 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 5753 }; 5754 5755 /** 5756 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 5757 * 5758 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 5759 * @data: the BSS metadata 5760 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 5761 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 5762 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 5763 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 5764 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 5765 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 5766 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 5767 * @gfp: context flags 5768 * 5769 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 5770 * the BSS should be updated/added. 5771 * 5772 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 5773 * Or %NULL on error. 5774 */ 5775 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5776 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5777 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 5778 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5779 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5780 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5781 gfp_t gfp); 5782 5783 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5784 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5785 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5786 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 5787 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5788 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5789 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5790 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5791 { 5792 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5793 .chan = rx_channel, 5794 .scan_width = scan_width, 5795 .signal = signal, 5796 }; 5797 5798 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5799 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5800 gfp); 5801 } 5802 5803 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 5804 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5805 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 5806 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 5807 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 5808 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 5809 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 5810 { 5811 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 5812 .chan = rx_channel, 5813 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 5814 .signal = signal, 5815 }; 5816 5817 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 5818 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 5819 gfp); 5820 } 5821 5822 /** 5823 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 5824 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5825 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 5826 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 5827 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 5828 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 5829 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 5830 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 5831 */ 5832 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5833 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5834 const u8 *bssid, 5835 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 5836 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 5837 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 5838 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 5839 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5840 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 5841 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 5842 { 5843 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 5844 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 5845 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 5846 } 5847 5848 /** 5849 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 5850 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5851 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 5852 * 5853 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5854 */ 5855 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5856 5857 /** 5858 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 5859 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 5860 * @bss: the BSS struct 5861 * 5862 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 5863 */ 5864 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5865 5866 /** 5867 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 5868 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5869 * @bss: the bss to remove 5870 * 5871 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 5872 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 5873 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 5874 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 5875 */ 5876 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5877 5878 /** 5879 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 5880 * 5881 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 5882 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 5883 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 5884 * 5885 * @wiphy: the wiphy 5886 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 5887 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 5888 * @iter: the iterator function to call 5889 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 5890 */ 5891 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5892 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 5893 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5894 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5895 void *data), 5896 void *iter_data); 5897 5898 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 5899 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 5900 { 5901 switch (chandef->width) { 5902 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5903 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 5904 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 5905 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 5906 default: 5907 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 5908 } 5909 } 5910 5911 /** 5912 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 5913 * @dev: network device 5914 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 5915 * @len: length of the frame data 5916 * 5917 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 5918 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 5919 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 5920 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5921 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5922 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5923 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 5924 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 5925 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 5926 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 5927 * 5928 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5929 */ 5930 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5931 5932 /** 5933 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 5934 * @dev: network device 5935 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 5936 * 5937 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 5938 * mutex. 5939 */ 5940 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 5941 5942 /** 5943 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 5944 * @dev: network device 5945 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 5946 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 5947 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 5948 * @len: length of the frame data 5949 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 5950 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 5951 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 5952 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 5953 * 5954 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 5955 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 5956 * 5957 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5958 */ 5959 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 5960 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 5961 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 5962 int uapsd_queues, 5963 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 5964 5965 /** 5966 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 5967 * @dev: network device 5968 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 5969 * 5970 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5971 */ 5972 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5973 5974 /** 5975 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 5976 * @dev: network device 5977 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 5978 * 5979 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 5980 * an association attempt was abandoned. 5981 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 5982 */ 5983 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 5984 5985 /** 5986 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 5987 * @dev: network device 5988 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 5989 * @len: length of the frame data 5990 * 5991 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 5992 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 5993 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 5994 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 5995 */ 5996 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 5997 5998 /** 5999 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6000 * @dev: network device 6001 * @buf: deauthentication frame (header + body) 6002 * @len: length of the frame data 6003 * 6004 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6005 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6006 * frame was not protected. This function may sleep. 6007 */ 6008 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6009 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6010 6011 /** 6012 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6013 * @dev: network device 6014 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6015 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6016 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6017 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6018 * @gfp: allocation flags 6019 * 6020 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6021 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6022 * primitive. 6023 */ 6024 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6025 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6026 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6027 6028 /** 6029 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6030 * 6031 * @dev: network device 6032 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6033 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6034 * @gfp: allocation flags 6035 * 6036 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6037 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6038 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6039 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6040 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6041 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6042 */ 6043 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6044 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6045 6046 /** 6047 * cfg80211_notify_new_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer candidate 6048 * 6049 * @dev: network device 6050 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6051 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6052 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6053 * @gfp: allocation flags 6054 * 6055 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6056 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6057 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6058 */ 6059 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6060 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6061 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6062 6063 /** 6064 * DOC: RFkill integration 6065 * 6066 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6067 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6068 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6069 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6070 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6071 * 6072 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6073 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6074 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6075 */ 6076 6077 /** 6078 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6079 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6080 * @blocked: block status 6081 */ 6082 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked); 6083 6084 /** 6085 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6086 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6087 */ 6088 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6089 6090 /** 6091 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6092 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6093 */ 6094 void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6095 6096 /** 6097 * DOC: Vendor commands 6098 * 6099 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6100 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6101 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6102 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6103 * the configuration mechanism. 6104 * 6105 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6106 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6107 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6108 * 6109 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6110 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6111 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6112 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6113 * managers etc. need. 6114 */ 6115 6116 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6117 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6118 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6119 int approxlen); 6120 6121 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6122 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6123 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6124 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6125 unsigned int portid, 6126 int vendor_event_idx, 6127 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6128 6129 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6130 6131 /** 6132 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6133 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6134 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6135 * be put into the skb 6136 * 6137 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6138 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6139 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6140 * 6141 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6142 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6143 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6144 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6145 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6146 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6147 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6148 * 6149 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6150 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6151 * 6152 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6153 */ 6154 static inline struct sk_buff * 6155 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6156 { 6157 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6158 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6159 } 6160 6161 /** 6162 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6163 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6164 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6165 * 6166 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6167 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6168 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6169 * skb regardless of the return value. 6170 * 6171 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6172 */ 6173 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6174 6175 /** 6176 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender 6177 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6178 * 6179 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6180 * Valid to call only there. 6181 */ 6182 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6183 6184 /** 6185 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6186 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6187 * @wdev: the wireless device 6188 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6189 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6190 * be put into the skb 6191 * @gfp: allocation flags 6192 * 6193 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6194 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6195 * 6196 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6197 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6198 * attribute. 6199 * 6200 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6201 * skb to send the event. 6202 * 6203 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6204 */ 6205 static inline struct sk_buff * 6206 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6207 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6208 { 6209 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6210 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6211 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6212 } 6213 6214 /** 6215 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6216 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6217 * @wdev: the wireless device 6218 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6219 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6220 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6221 * be put into the skb 6222 * @gfp: allocation flags 6223 * 6224 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6225 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6226 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6227 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6228 * 6229 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6230 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6231 * attribute. 6232 * 6233 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6234 * skb to send the event. 6235 * 6236 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6237 */ 6238 static inline struct sk_buff * 6239 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6240 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6241 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6242 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6243 { 6244 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6245 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6246 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6247 } 6248 6249 /** 6250 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 6251 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 6252 * @gfp: allocation flags 6253 * 6254 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6255 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 6256 */ 6257 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6258 { 6259 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6260 } 6261 6262 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 6263 /** 6264 * DOC: Test mode 6265 * 6266 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 6267 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 6268 * factory programming. 6269 * 6270 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 6271 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 6272 */ 6273 6274 /** 6275 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 6276 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6277 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6278 * be put into the skb 6279 * 6280 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6281 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6282 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 6283 * 6284 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 6285 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6286 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6287 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6288 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6289 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 6290 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 6291 * 6292 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 6293 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 6294 * 6295 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6296 */ 6297 static inline struct sk_buff * 6298 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6299 { 6300 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6301 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 6302 } 6303 6304 /** 6305 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 6306 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6307 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 6308 * 6309 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6310 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 6311 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 6312 * regardless of the return value. 6313 * 6314 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6315 */ 6316 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 6317 { 6318 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 6319 } 6320 6321 /** 6322 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 6323 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6324 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6325 * be put into the skb 6326 * @gfp: allocation flags 6327 * 6328 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6329 * testmode multicast group. 6330 * 6331 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 6332 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 6333 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 6334 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 6335 * in any other way. 6336 * 6337 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 6338 * skb to send the event. 6339 * 6340 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6341 */ 6342 static inline struct sk_buff * 6343 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 6344 { 6345 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 6346 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 6347 approxlen, gfp); 6348 } 6349 6350 /** 6351 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 6352 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6353 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 6354 * @gfp: allocation flags 6355 * 6356 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 6357 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 6358 * consumes it. 6359 */ 6360 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 6361 { 6362 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 6363 } 6364 6365 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 6366 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 6367 #else 6368 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 6369 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 6370 #endif 6371 6372 /** 6373 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 6374 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 6375 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 6376 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 6377 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 6378 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 6379 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 6380 * status for a FILS connection. 6381 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6382 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 6383 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 6384 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 6385 */ 6386 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 6387 const u8 *kek; 6388 size_t kek_len; 6389 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 6390 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 6391 const u8 *pmk; 6392 size_t pmk_len; 6393 const u8 *pmkid; 6394 }; 6395 6396 /** 6397 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 6398 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6399 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6400 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6401 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6402 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6403 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6404 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6405 * case. 6406 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 6407 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6408 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6409 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6410 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6411 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6412 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6413 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 6414 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 6415 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6416 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 6417 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 6418 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6419 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6420 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6421 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6422 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6423 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6424 */ 6425 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 6426 int status; 6427 const u8 *bssid; 6428 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6429 const u8 *req_ie; 6430 size_t req_ie_len; 6431 const u8 *resp_ie; 6432 size_t resp_ie_len; 6433 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6434 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 6435 }; 6436 6437 /** 6438 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6439 * 6440 * @dev: network device 6441 * @params: connection response parameters 6442 * @gfp: allocation flags 6443 * 6444 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6445 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6446 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 6447 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 6448 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 6449 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6450 */ 6451 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 6452 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 6453 gfp_t gfp); 6454 6455 /** 6456 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6457 * 6458 * @dev: network device 6459 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6460 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 6461 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 6462 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 6463 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 6464 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 6465 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 6466 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6467 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6468 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6469 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6470 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6471 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6472 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 6473 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 6474 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 6475 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 6476 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 6477 * case. 6478 * @gfp: allocation flags 6479 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 6480 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 6481 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 6482 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 6483 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 6484 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 6485 * 6486 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6487 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6488 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 6489 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 6490 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6491 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6492 */ 6493 static inline void 6494 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6495 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 6496 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 6497 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 6498 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6499 { 6500 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 6501 6502 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 6503 params.status = status; 6504 params.bssid = bssid; 6505 params.bss = bss; 6506 params.req_ie = req_ie; 6507 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 6508 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 6509 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 6510 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 6511 6512 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 6513 } 6514 6515 /** 6516 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 6517 * 6518 * @dev: network device 6519 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6520 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6521 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6522 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6523 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6524 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 6525 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 6526 * the real status code for failures. 6527 * @gfp: allocation flags 6528 * 6529 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 6530 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 6531 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 6532 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6533 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6534 */ 6535 static inline void 6536 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6537 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 6538 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 6539 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 6540 { 6541 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 6542 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 6543 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 6544 } 6545 6546 /** 6547 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 6548 * 6549 * @dev: network device 6550 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6551 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6552 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6553 * @gfp: allocation flags 6554 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 6555 * 6556 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 6557 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 6558 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 6559 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 6560 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 6561 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 6562 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 6563 */ 6564 static inline void 6565 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6566 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 6567 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 6568 { 6569 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 6570 gfp, timeout_reason); 6571 } 6572 6573 /** 6574 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 6575 * 6576 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 6577 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 6578 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 6579 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 6580 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 6581 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 6582 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 6583 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 6584 */ 6585 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 6586 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 6587 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 6588 const u8 *bssid; 6589 const u8 *req_ie; 6590 size_t req_ie_len; 6591 const u8 *resp_ie; 6592 size_t resp_ie_len; 6593 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 6594 }; 6595 6596 /** 6597 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 6598 * 6599 * @dev: network device 6600 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 6601 * @gfp: allocation flags 6602 * 6603 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 6604 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 6605 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 6606 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 6607 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 6608 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 6609 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 6610 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 6611 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 6612 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 6613 */ 6614 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 6615 gfp_t gfp); 6616 6617 /** 6618 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 6619 * 6620 * @dev: network device 6621 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 6622 * @gfp: allocation flags 6623 * 6624 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 6625 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 6626 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 6627 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 6628 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 6629 * indicate the 802.11 association. 6630 */ 6631 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6632 gfp_t gfp); 6633 6634 /** 6635 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 6636 * 6637 * @dev: network device 6638 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 6639 * @ie_len: length of IEs 6640 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 6641 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 6642 * @gfp: allocation flags 6643 * 6644 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 6645 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 6646 */ 6647 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 6648 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 6649 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 6650 6651 /** 6652 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 6653 * @wdev: wireless device 6654 * @cookie: the request cookie 6655 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6656 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 6657 * channel 6658 * @gfp: allocation flags 6659 */ 6660 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6661 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6662 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 6663 6664 /** 6665 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 6666 * @wdev: wireless device 6667 * @cookie: the request cookie 6668 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 6669 * @gfp: allocation flags 6670 */ 6671 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6672 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 6673 gfp_t gfp); 6674 6675 /** 6676 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 6677 * @wdev: wireless device 6678 * @cookie: the requested cookie 6679 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 6680 * @gfp: allocation flags 6681 */ 6682 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6683 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 6684 6685 /** 6686 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 6687 * 6688 * @sinfo: the station information 6689 * @gfp: allocation flags 6690 */ 6691 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6692 6693 /** 6694 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 6695 * @sinfo: the station information 6696 * 6697 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 6698 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 6699 * the stack.) 6700 */ 6701 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 6702 { 6703 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 6704 } 6705 6706 /** 6707 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 6708 * 6709 * @dev: the netdev 6710 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6711 * @sinfo: the station information 6712 * @gfp: allocation flags 6713 */ 6714 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6715 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6716 6717 /** 6718 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6719 * @dev: the netdev 6720 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6721 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 6722 * @gfp: allocation flags 6723 */ 6724 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6725 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 6726 6727 /** 6728 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 6729 * 6730 * @dev: the netdev 6731 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6732 * @gfp: allocation flags 6733 */ 6734 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 6735 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 6736 { 6737 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 6738 } 6739 6740 /** 6741 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 6742 * 6743 * @dev: the netdev 6744 * @mac_addr: the station's address 6745 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 6746 * @gfp: allocation flags 6747 * 6748 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 6749 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 6750 * for some reasons, this function is called. 6751 * 6752 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 6753 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 6754 */ 6755 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 6756 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 6757 gfp_t gfp); 6758 6759 /** 6760 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 6761 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6762 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 6763 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6764 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6765 * @len: length of the frame data 6766 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 6767 * 6768 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 6769 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 6770 * 6771 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 6772 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 6773 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 6774 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 6775 */ 6776 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 6777 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 6778 6779 /** 6780 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 6781 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 6782 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 6783 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 6784 * @len: length of the frame data 6785 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 6786 * @gfp: context flags 6787 * 6788 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 6789 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 6790 * transmission attempt. 6791 */ 6792 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 6793 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 6794 6795 6796 /** 6797 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 6798 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6799 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 6800 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 6801 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 6802 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 6803 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 6804 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 6805 * 6806 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 6807 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 6808 * control port frames over nl80211. 6809 * 6810 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 6811 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 6812 * 6813 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 6814 */ 6815 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 6816 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 6817 6818 /** 6819 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 6820 * @dev: network device 6821 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 6822 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 6823 * @gfp: context flags 6824 * 6825 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 6826 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 6827 */ 6828 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6829 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 6830 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 6831 6832 /** 6833 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 6834 * @dev: network device 6835 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6836 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 6837 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 6838 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 6839 * @gfp: context flags 6840 */ 6841 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 6842 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 6843 6844 /** 6845 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 6846 * @dev: network device 6847 * @peer: peer's MAC address 6848 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 6849 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 6850 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 6851 * @gfp: context flags 6852 * 6853 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 6854 * given interval is exceeded. 6855 */ 6856 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 6857 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 6858 6859 /** 6860 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 6861 * @dev: network device 6862 * @gfp: context flags 6863 * 6864 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 6865 */ 6866 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 6867 6868 /** 6869 * cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 6870 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6871 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6872 * @gfp: context flags 6873 * 6874 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 6875 */ 6876 void cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6877 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, gfp_t gfp); 6878 6879 /** 6880 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 6881 * @dev: network device 6882 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 6883 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 6884 * @gfp: context flags 6885 * 6886 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 6887 * frame. 6888 */ 6889 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 6890 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 6891 gfp_t gfp); 6892 6893 /** 6894 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 6895 * @netdev: network device 6896 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 6897 * @event: type of event 6898 * @gfp: context flags 6899 * 6900 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 6901 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 6902 * also by full-MAC drivers. 6903 */ 6904 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 6905 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6906 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 6907 6908 6909 /** 6910 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 6911 * @dev: network device 6912 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 6913 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 6914 * @gfp: allocation flags 6915 */ 6916 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6917 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 6918 6919 /** 6920 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 6921 * @dev: network device 6922 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 6923 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 6924 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 6925 * @gfp: allocation flags 6926 */ 6927 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 6928 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 6929 6930 /** 6931 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 6932 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6933 * @addr: the transmitter address 6934 * @gfp: context flags 6935 * 6936 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6937 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 6938 * sender. 6939 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6940 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6941 */ 6942 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6943 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6944 6945 /** 6946 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 6947 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 6948 * @addr: the transmitter address 6949 * @gfp: context flags 6950 * 6951 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 6952 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 6953 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 6954 * station to avoid event flooding. 6955 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 6956 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 6957 */ 6958 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 6959 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 6960 6961 /** 6962 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 6963 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 6964 * @addr: the address of the peer 6965 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 6966 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 6967 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 6968 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 6969 * @gfp: allocation flags 6970 */ 6971 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6972 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 6973 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 6974 6975 /** 6976 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 6977 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 6978 * @frame: the frame 6979 * @len: length of the frame 6980 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 6981 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 6982 * 6983 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 6984 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 6985 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 6986 */ 6987 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6988 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 6989 int freq, int sig_dbm); 6990 6991 /** 6992 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 6993 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6994 * @chandef: the channel definition 6995 * @iftype: interface type 6996 * 6997 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 6998 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 6999 */ 7000 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7001 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7002 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7003 7004 /** 7005 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7006 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7007 * @chandef: the channel definition 7008 * @iftype: interface type 7009 * 7010 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7011 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7012 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7013 * more permissive conditions. 7014 * 7015 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7016 */ 7017 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7018 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7019 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7020 7021 /* 7022 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7023 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7024 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7025 * 7026 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7027 * driver context! 7028 */ 7029 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7030 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7031 7032 /* 7033 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7034 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7035 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7036 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7037 * 7038 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7039 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7040 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7041 */ 7042 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7043 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7044 u8 count); 7045 7046 /** 7047 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7048 * 7049 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7050 * @band: band pointer to fill 7051 * 7052 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7053 */ 7054 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7055 enum nl80211_band *band); 7056 7057 /** 7058 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7059 * 7060 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7061 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7062 * 7063 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7064 */ 7065 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7066 u8 *op_class); 7067 7068 /* 7069 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7070 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7071 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7072 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7073 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7074 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7075 * @gfp: allocation flags 7076 * 7077 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7078 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7079 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7080 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7081 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7082 */ 7083 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7084 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7085 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7086 7087 /* 7088 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7089 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7090 * 7091 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7092 */ 7093 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7094 7095 /** 7096 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7097 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7098 * 7099 * Call this function only for wdevs that have no netdev assigned, 7100 * e.g. P2P Devices. It removes the device from the list so that 7101 * it can no longer be used. It is necessary to call this function 7102 * even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the interface by 7103 * calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also 7104 * be called when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. 7105 * when the device is unbound from the driver. 7106 * 7107 * Requires the RTNL to be held. 7108 */ 7109 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7110 7111 /** 7112 * struct cfg80211_ft_event - FT Information Elements 7113 * @ies: FT IEs 7114 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7115 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 7116 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 7117 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 7118 */ 7119 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 7120 const u8 *ies; 7121 size_t ies_len; 7122 const u8 *target_ap; 7123 const u8 *ric_ies; 7124 size_t ric_ies_len; 7125 }; 7126 7127 /** 7128 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 7129 * @netdev: network device 7130 * @ft_event: IE information 7131 */ 7132 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7133 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 7134 7135 /** 7136 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 7137 * @ies: the input IE buffer 7138 * @len: the input length 7139 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 7140 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 7141 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 7142 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 7143 * 7144 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 7145 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 7146 * 7147 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 7148 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 7149 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 7150 */ 7151 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 7152 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 7153 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 7154 7155 /** 7156 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 7157 * @ies: the IE buffer 7158 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7159 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7160 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7161 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7162 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7163 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 7164 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 7165 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7166 * 7167 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7168 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7169 * split. 7170 * 7171 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7172 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7173 * 7174 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7175 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7176 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7177 * 7178 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7179 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7180 * of the buffer should be used. 7181 */ 7182 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7183 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 7184 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 7185 size_t offset); 7186 7187 /** 7188 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 7189 * @ies: the IE buffer 7190 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 7191 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 7192 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 7193 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 7194 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 7195 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 7196 * 7197 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 7198 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 7199 * split. 7200 * 7201 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 7202 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 7203 * 7204 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 7205 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 7206 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 7207 * 7208 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 7209 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 7210 * of the buffer should be used. 7211 */ 7212 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 7213 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 7214 { 7215 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 7216 } 7217 7218 /** 7219 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 7220 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 7221 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 7222 * @gfp: allocation flags 7223 * 7224 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 7225 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 7226 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 7227 * else caused the wakeup. 7228 */ 7229 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7230 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 7231 gfp_t gfp); 7232 7233 /** 7234 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 7235 * 7236 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 7237 * @gfp: allocation flags 7238 * 7239 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 7240 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 7241 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 7242 */ 7243 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 7244 7245 /** 7246 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 7247 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7248 * 7249 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 7250 */ 7251 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7252 7253 /** 7254 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 7255 * 7256 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7257 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7258 * 7259 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 7260 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 7261 * the interface combinations. 7262 */ 7263 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7264 struct iface_combination_params *params); 7265 7266 /** 7267 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 7268 * 7269 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7270 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 7271 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 7272 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 7273 * 7274 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 7275 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 7276 * purposes. 7277 */ 7278 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7279 struct iface_combination_params *params, 7280 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 7281 void *data), 7282 void *data); 7283 7284 /* 7285 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 7286 * 7287 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7288 * @wdev: wireless device 7289 * @gfp: context flags 7290 * 7291 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 7292 * disconnected. 7293 * 7294 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 7295 */ 7296 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7297 gfp_t gfp); 7298 7299 /** 7300 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 7301 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 7302 * 7303 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 7304 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 7305 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 7306 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 7307 * 7308 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 7309 * the driver while the function is running. 7310 */ 7311 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7312 7313 /** 7314 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 7315 * 7316 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7317 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7318 * 7319 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7320 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7321 */ 7322 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7323 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7324 { 7325 u8 *ft_byte; 7326 7327 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7328 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 7329 } 7330 7331 /** 7332 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 7333 * 7334 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 7335 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 7336 * 7337 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 7338 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 7339 */ 7340 static inline bool 7341 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7342 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 7343 { 7344 u8 ft_byte; 7345 7346 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 7347 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 7348 } 7349 7350 /** 7351 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 7352 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 7353 * 7354 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 7355 */ 7356 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 7357 7358 /** 7359 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 7360 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 7361 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 7362 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 7363 * result. 7364 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 7365 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7366 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 7367 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 7368 * @info_len: the length of the &info 7369 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 7370 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 7371 */ 7372 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 7373 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 7374 u8 inst_id; 7375 u8 peer_inst_id; 7376 const u8 *addr; 7377 u8 info_len; 7378 const u8 *info; 7379 u64 cookie; 7380 }; 7381 7382 /** 7383 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 7384 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7385 * @match: match notification parameters 7386 * @gfp: allocation flags 7387 * 7388 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 7389 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 7390 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 7391 */ 7392 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7393 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 7394 7395 /** 7396 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 7397 * 7398 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 7399 * @inst_id: the local instance id 7400 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 7401 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 7402 * @gfp: allocation flags 7403 * 7404 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 7405 */ 7406 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7407 u8 inst_id, 7408 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 7409 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 7410 7411 /* ethtool helper */ 7412 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 7413 7414 /** 7415 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 7416 * @netdev: network device 7417 * @params: External authentication parameters 7418 * @gfp: allocation flags 7419 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 7420 */ 7421 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 7422 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 7423 gfp_t gfp); 7424 7425 /** 7426 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 7427 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7428 * @req: the original measurement request 7429 * @result: the result data 7430 * @gfp: allocation flags 7431 */ 7432 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7433 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7434 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 7435 gfp_t gfp); 7436 7437 /** 7438 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 7439 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 7440 * @req: the original measurement request 7441 * @gfp: allocation flags 7442 * 7443 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 7444 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 7445 */ 7446 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 7447 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 7448 gfp_t gfp); 7449 7450 /** 7451 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 7452 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7453 * @iftype: interface type 7454 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 7455 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 7456 * 7457 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 7458 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 7459 * check_swif is '1'. 7460 */ 7461 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 7462 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 7463 7464 7465 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 7466 7467 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 7468 7469 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 7470 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7471 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7472 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7473 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7474 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7475 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7476 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7477 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7478 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7479 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7480 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7481 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7482 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7483 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7484 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7485 7486 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7487 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7488 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7489 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7490 7491 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7492 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 7493 7494 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7495 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 7496 7497 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 7498 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 7499 #else 7500 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7501 ({ \ 7502 if (0) \ 7503 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 7504 0; \ 7505 }) 7506 #endif 7507 7508 /* 7509 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 7510 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 7511 * file/line information and a backtrace. 7512 */ 7513 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 7514 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 7515 7516 /** 7517 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 7518 * @netdev: network device 7519 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 7520 * @gfp: allocation flags 7521 */ 7522 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7523 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 7524 gfp_t gfp); 7525 7526 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 7527